•^r 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 h. 
 
 ^• 
 
 « 
 
 ^ 
 
 r 
 
 .r^ ^ 
 
 
 '^ 
 
 ^^, 
 
 %, 
 
 % 
 
 <?r 
 
 'V 
 
 % 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 V 
 
 ,^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 /' 
 
 d> 
 
 # 
 
 *^ 
 
 ^< 
 
 <^ 
 
 # 
 
 w 
 
 
 %. 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 \ 
 
 % 
 
 '^ 
 
 * 
 
 j^* «^^ 
 
 TOi Lrr — 
 
 / 
 
r 
 
 K? 
 
 i 
 
 I I 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 <?f 
 
 \. 
 
 W 
 
^ iMEW METHOD OF LEARNING 
 THE SWEDISH LANGUAGE • 
 
WORKS EDITED BY C. LENSTROM. 
 
 s. d. 
 A New, Practical and Easy Method of Learning the 
 Swedish Language. Including Rules for Pronunciation, 
 Exercises, Reading Lessons with Interlinear Translatiocs, 
 Lists of Useful Words, Dialogues, Reading Extracts, etc. 
 150 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth . . . . . .30 
 
 The simplest Grammar published in England for self-instruction. 
 
 Swedish and English Idiomatic Phrases and Dialogues. 
 
 Lists of Useful Words, Familiar and Practical Conversations, 
 Idiomatic Expressions, a Table of Swedish Monies with 
 English Equivalents, etc. 150 pages. Small 8vo. Cloth . 2 o 
 
 Echo of Spoken Swedish. Conversations on Topics of Interest, 
 
 introducing numerous Phrases and Idiomatic Expressions in 
 
 constant Use. Systematically arranged in short Chapters for 
 
 Reading purposes, Viva-voce Exercise, and Practice in Fluent 
 
 Speaking. Edited by Dr. Alfred Svensson. 92 pages, 
 
 Crown 8vo. Cloth ....... itet 2 o 
 
 The object of this book Is to familiarise the learner with the spoken or 
 colloquial language by means of conversations such as they really occur. 
 The author has contrived not only to give the genuine idiom, but also to 
 present in an attractive form a number of lively sketches, quite up to date, 
 of his country and people, imparting to the student much valuable and 
 interesting information likely to be of use for commercial purposes or 
 when travelling abroad. 
 
A NEW 
 PRACTICAL AND EASY METHOD 
 
 OF LEARNING THE 
 
 SWEDISH LANGUAGE 
 
 INCLUDING RULES FOR PRONUNCIATION 
 
 EXERCISES, READING LESSONS, LISTS OF USEFUL 
 
 WORDS, DIALOGUES, ETC. ETC. 
 
 BY 
 C. LENSTROM 
 
 EDITOR OF 'SWEDISH AND ENGLISH IDIOMATIC PHRASES AND DIALOGUES* 
 
 NEW EDITION 
 
 LONDON 
 
 HACHETTE AND COMPANY 
 
 i8 King William Strelt, Charing Cross 
 
 1908 
 
pi) s-iil 
 LH   
 
 PREFACE 
 
 The study of foreign languages having become general, 
 the methods of teaching them have altered and improved, 
 so as to unite the changes which philology has suggested 
 with those whicli the comparison of languages has 
 taught. 
 
 The present Series of Cheap and Popular Grammars 
 for the Study of European Languages has been published 
 with this aim in view. These Grammars combine Theorv 
 with Practice, and their method and arrangement have 
 been based upon the recommendations of eminent 
 authorities as to the clearest and most rational method 
 of teaching languages. 
 
 Seidenstiicker was the first who introduced this new 
 method for the Latin, Greek, and French languages, and 
 to him belongs the merit of having devised a rational 
 system of tuition. 
 
 There was, however, one essential point omitted even 
 in these books, namely that the granmiatical form should 
 precede the Exercises, so that the learner should at once 
 be made acquainted witli the grammatical structure of 
 the foreign language, without which he could never*^ 
 attain a thorough knowledge of it. This defect has 
 been remedied in the present series, and the following 
 
'VI .   PREFACE 
 
 grammars have a^l been compiled in accordance with 
 this new arrangement ; — 
 
 For the Italian Language^ , . by Marchetti. 
 
 ,, Spanish Language, . . „ Salvo. 
 
 ., Portuguese Language, . . „ Cabano. ^ 
 
 „ Danish & Norwegian Language^ *, Lund. 
 
 ,, Swedish TAtnguagey , , ,, LenstrOm. 
 
 ., Dutch Language, . . . „ Ahn. 
 
 „ Russian Language . . ., Alexandrow. 
 
 ., Modern Greek I^anguage, . ,, Ylachos. 
 
 „ Icelandic Language, .' ' . ,, Eask. 
 
 All the definitions and rules contained in these 
 grammars are clearly and simply explained. The text 
 matter is progressively arranged in a way calculated to 
 interest and encourage the student. Many obsolete and 
 complicated rules so often found in other works of this 
 class, and which tend only to bewilder and weary the 
 beoinner, have been removed altogether. Others, which 
 it has been found necessary to retain, have been 
 thoroughly revised and fully elucidated, so as to present 
 them in a more attractive manner. Many of these 
 manuals have already gone through several editions, the 
 new issues being carefully revised from time to time and 
 hrovght up to date. 
 
 The prevalent idea in all these volumes is that of 
 teacliing the languages easily and pleasantly, of removing 
 all unnecessary difficulties, and, at the same time, of 
 imparting a sound grammatical and conversational know- 
 ledge of foreign tongues. 
 
1 N D i: X. 
 
 FIRST COURSE. 
 
 Page 
 
 The Pronunciation ..... ...,,,. 1 
 
 1. The Alphabet 1 
 
 2. The Accent .1 
 
 3. The Vowels ... 2 
 
 4. Diphthongs 4 
 
 5. The Consonants , 4 
 
 Part I. 
 
 The Article 8 
 
 The definite Article , , . ... 8 
 
 Declension of tiie definite Article 9 
 
 The Gender of Substantives 10 
 
 Formation of the Feminine .... , . 13 
 
 Diminutives 14 
 
 Declension of Substantives 15 
 
 Observations on the Declensions . . ' 20 
 
 The Adjective , 22 
 
 Comparison of Adjectives 25 
 
 Irregular Comparisons ... 25 
 
 Personal Pronouns 27 
 
 Possessive Pronouns 28 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns , . 30 
 
 Relative Pronouns 33 
 
 Interrogative Pronouns 34 
 
 Indefinite Pronouns 35 
 
 Numeral Adjectives ; 36 
 
 1. Cardinal lumbers 36 
 
 2. Ordinal Numbers 38 
 
 3. Collective, Proportional and Fractional Numbers . . 38 
 Reading Lessons with intei linear Translation . , . , .... 41 
 
 Collection of Words .... 51 
 
 Easy Dialogues 59 
 
vni 
 
 SFXOND COURSE. 
 
 Part II. p 
 
 Pag« 
 
 Verbs. . , 70 
 
 The Auxiliary Verbs , . 70 
 
 Tlie Regular Verbs 79 
 
 The Reflective Verbs 89 
 
 The Intransitive Verbs 90 
 
 Impersonal Verbs 90 
 
 List of the Irregular Verbs 91 
 
 Adverbs 98 
 
 1. Adverbs of Place 98 
 
 2. Adverbs of Time 100 
 
 3. Adverbs of Number an Comparison 101 
 
 4. Adverbs of Manner and Kind 102 
 
 5. Indefinite Adverbs 103 
 
 Prepositions 104 
 
 1. Simple Prepositions 104 
 
 2. Compound PreposiLions 105 
 
 Idiomatic use of the Prepositions 106 
 
 Conjunctions Ill 
 
 Interjections 112 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Reading Lessons 113 
 
 I. Prose 113 
 
 n. Poetry 129 
 
FIRST COURSE. 
 
 The Pronunciation. 
 
 1. The Alphahof. 
 
 The Swedish Alpliabet consists of the 28 following letters, 
 which are generally printed in the Roman characters: 
 
 
 pronounced 
 
 
 
 pronounced 
 
 ft, 
 
 6, 
 
 ah 
 hay 
 
 
 9^ 
 
 pay 
 
 koo 
 
 c. 
 
 say 
 
 
 r, 
 
 ar 
 
 rf, 
 
 day 
 
 
 s, 
 
 ess 
 
 
 a 
 
 eir 
 
 
 
 lay 
 
 like u ill lute 
 
 9^ 
 
 hoe 
 
 
 
 nay 
 ex 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 Ih 
 
 like y in Plymouth 
 
 
 yee 
 ko 
 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 say tall 
 
 oh, or like a in fall 
 
 I 
 
 ell 
 
 
 flJ, 
 
 like German df, (oi' ai 
 
 m. 
 
 emm 
 
 
 
 in fair) 
 
 w, 
 
 enn 
 
 
 <!f, 
 
 like i in (ir or the 
 
 0, 
 
 like 00 
 
 in stool 
 
 
 German 0. 
 
 
 
 2. The 
 
 Accent. 
 
 
 The Swedish language has almost no accent. At least 
 it cannot he actfuired except by the ear. In foreio;n words the 
 accent is in conl'ormily with the lanquage rrom which the word 
 is derived, and is very audihie and emphatic. 
 
 Leo'lrom's Swedish Grnmmar. 1 
 
3. The Vowels. 
 
 The vowels a, i, o, u, y, a, d always retain the same 
 sound as in German, and in most instances. E d, and o l)ave 
 two sounds. All vowels are long (") as well as short (") as: 
 
 A like the pure Itahan a when long, less open when short: 
 
 kail mat, cold food, lag, law. 
 
 E long, is pronounced like a in the English word „lay" or 
 like the French „6t6", as: 
 
 rend medSl, pure means, 
 short, is pronounced like e in the word „bed", as: 
 
 ^Id, fire — hem, home — knSkt, soldier. 
 It sounds like a in the English word „care" in the prefix 
 er, and before W, as: 
 
 erhdlld, receive 
 
 verld, world [l mute). 
 
 erfard, to experience 
 per la, pearl 
 
 1 is pronounced like e in the English word „me": 
 Ni (nee), you — ttten flickd, little girl. 
 
 long, like Italian u oi* as the English oo in „stool": 
 
 mot fot^n, against the foot. 
 It sounds like a lengthened a, 
 
 1. before f, in the following words: 
 
 huf, court 
 
 lof, permission 
 
 skrdf, hull 
 
 sdfvd, to sleep 
 
 2. before rl, as: 
 
 sorld, mdrld, pdrld. 
 
 3. in the following: 
 
 of van, above 
 skurd, to clean 
 fOrkufrd, to increase. 
 
 vilkor, condition 
 
 drdning, order 
 
 drden, order of merit 
 
 moln, cloud. 
 
 hdnom, him 
 
 kdniing, king 
 
 honiing, honey 
 
 kol, coal 
 
 rodndd, blush 
 
 4. in many foreign words, as: 
 lord, hord, krdnisk, katalog, despot, metafor, etc. 
 
 short is pronounced hke o, but it has the o sound of the 
 English word „ move" ; 
 
 1. before a double consonant in the conjugation of 
 Verbs, which end in the Infinitive in a long o, as 
 
8 
 
 tro, to believe 
 bo, lo dwell 
 
 trott, believed 
 bodde, dwell. 
 
 2. before m, in all Substantives and Adjectives which 
 end in the Noni. Sing, in om, omne, omma, as: 
 
 gom, gun) — torn, empty — dom, judgiinent 
 /76m, pious — blomma, llower. 
 
 3. and in the following: 
 
 oxe, ox ond, angry 
 
 hosta to cough onsdag, Wednesday 
 
 bbnde, peasant 6rm, snake. 
 
 long has the sound, 
 
 1. at the beginning of words when forming a syllable 
 of its own, as: 
 
 o-fdrd (oo-fclrd), ruin — o-lycka (00-lyckah), misfortune. 
 
 2. at the end of a syllable, as: 
 
 bo (boo), to dwell — broder (brooder), brother— mo-der(moo-der), 
 mother — ko-ka (koo-kah), to cook. 
 
 3. in most of the monosyllables, as : 
 
 bof (boov), villain — blod (blood), blood — bord (boord), table 
 — stol (stool), chair — ord (cord), word — sko (skoo), shoe. 
 
 1 long is pronounced like u in the English word „rude", as: 
 
 mus, mouse — ut, out; 
 short as u in the English word „sum": 
 
 rum, roou). 
 
 \ has exactly the sound of y in the English word „Plymouth", as: 
 
 7iy hylla, new shelf; 
 it often sounds like i in the word „rir", as: 
 kyrka, church — fyrtio, forty. 
 
 A like oh, or English a in the word „fall", as: 
 
 halet (hohlet), the hole — mdttS (moitay), might — dka (okuh), 
 drive — dtta bdtar, eight boats. 
 
 i like the Enghsh a in „fate", as: 
 
 Idttd ndt — light nets; 
 on like German d, as: 
 
 bdra, carry. 
 
 6 like i in the Enghsh word „nr", or like the German 0, as: 
 
 rOda fitter, red feet. 
 
4 
 
 4. Diphthongs. 
 
 The Swedish Language has no diphthongs, they only 
 occur in foreign words, and are generally pronounced singly. 
 
 S. The Consonants. 
 
 B sounds like the English 6, as: 
 
 iidbb, beak. 
 
 C sounds like k, except before e, i, y when it sounds like 
 
 s, as: 
 
 Ceder, Cypern, — Carl, lyckci, och (ock). 
 
 D sounds like d, as: 
 
 ddt^ death. 
 
 1. lit is pronounced like t, as: 
 
 godt, good. 
 
 2. before j, it is not at all audible, as: 
 
 cfjerf (yairo) valliant — djup, (upe) deep — djur (ure) animal. 
 
 F is pionounced like f in the beginning of a syllable and 
 afler a short vowel and at the end of foreign words, or 
 when it stands in foreign words instead of ph, as: 
 
 fdrdig, ready skijmf, insult 
 
 trumf, trump Adolf, Adolphus 
 
 filosof, philosopher fOrfalla, to decay. 
 
 giift, married 
 
 2. At the end of a syllable, it sounds like v, chiefly 
 after a long vowel and after / or r, as: 
 af, from kalfvar, calves 
 
 haf. 
 
 sea. 
 
 hafvd, to have 
 kalf, calf 
 
 3. F is mute if joined to V in the same syllable as: 
 hCifva (havah), to have — kalfvhi (kalven), the calf, 
 
 but if V belongs to another syllable, it sounds double as: 
 drifved (driv-ved)^ driftwood. 
 
 4. The f takes an additional v before a vowel, as: 
 href, letter — href vet, the letter. 
 
 G is pronounced like the Enghsh g in the word „good"; 
 1. before the vowels a, o, u, a, as: 
 
 giid gUf en god gdfva, God gave a good gift. 
 
2. before a consonant in the same syllable, as: 
 graf, grave — dpfiy virtue — g^udje, joy. 
 
 3. at I he end alter a vowel, as: 
 
 dag, day 
 f' g, cowardly 
 
 nog, enough 
 lag, low. 
 
 4. belore e and i in short final syllables, as: 
 
 mogen, ripe — spegel, looking-glass — tdgit, taken. 
 
 (i is pronounced soft like the English y in yellow, or like 
 the German j, 
 
 1. before the vowels: y, cL, d, as: 
 gynna, to favour — begara, to desire. 
 
 2. before e and i if ihey do not belong to short final 
 syllables, as: 
 
 gtfva, to give 
 
 the fiddle. 
 
 g'nom, through 
 
 gerna, willingly ^fl^a, 
 
 regera, to govern 
 
 3. after / and r in the same priinitire syllable, as: 
 lalg, tallow horgare, citizen 
 
 herg, mountain farga, to dye. 
 
 horg, castle 
 
 4. g is pronounced almost like k, if it stands after 
 a short vowel before s or t in tbe same primitive 
 syllable, as: 
 
 pUgt, duty — slctgte, gender — ftjjgt, flight. 
 
 5. gj in the same syllable sounds like j, as: 
 
 gjdrt (yort), made — gjula (y^ita), to cast — gjord 
 
 (yord), the girdle. 
 
 6. gn is pronounced as if a second n stood before 
 it, as: 
 
 vagn (vangn), carriage — lugn (huign), (juiet. 
 
 H is pronounced in the beginning of a syllable, but it is mute 
 before j and v, as: 
 
 hjUm (yelm), helmet — hjSlte (yelte), hero — hvila 
 
 (veeloh), rest. 
 J j is pronounced like y in the English word „yellow"; as: 
 
 jord, earth — jdtte, giant. 
 K has two sounds, a hard and a soft one; 
 
 1. it is hard snd sounds like the English k before the 
 vowels: a, o, ii, a, as: 
 kappa, cloak — koka, to cook — killa, ball. 
 
6 
 
 2. before a consonant in the same syllable, as: 
 
 klappa, to knock — vakt, guard. 
 
 3. at the end, as: 
 
 tak, roof 
 stek, steak 
 
 bok, book 
 folk, people. 
 
 4. before e and i, in short final syllables, as: 
 taket, the roof — rike, the empire. 
 
 K is soft, and sounds like ch in „chain"; before the vowels 
 e, i, y, d and 0, it they belong to the same primitive 
 syllable, as: 
 
 kedja (chaidja), chain — kdr (chair), dear 
 Skj in the same syllable is pronounced hke sh, as: 
 skjul (shawl), shed — skjuta (shuta), to shoot. 
 
 L sounds hke the English I, but is mute before j an in the 
 words : 
 
 Ijud (ude), sound 
 Ij'uga (uga), to lie. 
 
 verld (verd), world 
 Ijus (use), light 
 
 M sounds like the English m. 
 
 N sounds like the Enghsh n. 
 
 P sounds like the English p, but is mute in the word psahn 
 
 (salm). 
 
 (i is always followed by v and sounds like a hard k, as: 
 qvarn, mill, qvist (qveest), branch. 
 
 R sounds like the English r, but more sharp and full in sound. 
 S has always the same sound as the s in the English word 
 
 ^ see , as : 
 
 se, to see — sitta, to sit — sol, sun. 
 stj, sj, skj, sound before all vowel slike sh, or the German 
 sch, as: 
 
 sju (shoe), seven — skjdrta (shortah), shirt — skiftS 
 (schifftay), division — skilja (shilja), to separate — 
 stjerna (shairna), star. 
 Sk sounds like sk before a, o, u and a, as: 
 sk^U (skall), shall — skd (skooh), shoe — skulle (skoolleh), should. 
 
 but it sounds like sch before e, i, y, d and 6', as: 
 ske (shay), happen — skJna (scheenah), to shine — sky (schiih), 
 to avoid — skOn (schOn), pretty — skdra (schdrah), to cut: 
 .sA" js pronounced like sc^ in the words: 
 marskalk (marschalk), marshal — menniska (mennischah), man : 
 but like sk in handske (handske), glove. 
 
T is pronounced like the English t; 
 
 tia and tie in foreign words sound like Isia, tsic, as: 
 
 licentidt, aclie ; 
 Hon sounds after a hard vowel like ,,tschon''^ , after a 
 consonant like ,yShon^\ as: 
 
 leklton (lekschon), lesson — nation (natschdn), nation. 
 As a final the t in comnnon conversation is not sound- 
 ed as: 
 
 det (deh), that, — nnycket (miickeh), much. 
 V is always pronounced like the English v, as: 
 
 vdn, friend — svan, swan. 
 X is pronounced like the English x. 
 
 'L is pronounced as ss. The Swedish z never takes the soft 
 sound as in English, as: 
 
 azuTy zebra, zoologi. 
 
 As a general rule it may be observed that a vowel is 
 short when followed by two or more consonants (except rd, 
 rl and rn) belonging to the same syllable. 
 
 A vowel whether final or not belonging to a monosyllable 
 word is long. 
 
 The final vowel in a word consisting of two syllables 
 is always short. 
 
 The Swedes only use the capital letters at the beginning 
 of a sentence, for j)roper names, and the pronouns: 
 
 Ni, you, and /, you. 
 
PART h 
 
 1. 
 
 The Article. 
 
 The indefinite article in the Swedish Language is 
 en, for Masc. and Fern., and 
 ett, for the Neuter, 
 it stands before the substantive and is not declined, as: 
 en gosse, a boy — en flicka, a girl — elt barn, a child. 
 
 2. 
 
 The (Iclinite Article. 
 
 The definite Article is also en (n) or et (t) and is added 
 to the substantive, as: 
 
 Drottning, Queen — Drottningen, the Queen 
 brdd, bread — brodet, the bread. 
 
 If a word ends in /", a v is inserted, as: 
 
 grUf, grave — grdfven, the grave. 
 Words ending in m and n, double the final letter if 
 preceded by a short vowel, as: 
 
 van, friend — vdnnen, the friend 
 strdm, stream — strommen, the stream. 
 Words ending in an and en, do not take the definitive 
 article at all, as: 
 
 fruktan, fear and the fear 
 Idngtan, longing and the longing 
 predlkan, sermon and the sermon 
 frOken, Miss and the Miss. 
 Primitive words of two syllables ending in el, en, er, drop 
 the e when the definitive article is added, as: 
 

 
 sedel, note — sedlen, the note 
 
 vdder, wind — vddret, the wind 
 
 vatten, water — vattnet, tlie water. 
 
 f substantives end in a vowel, ihe rnascuhne and femi- 
 
 nine article lose the 
 
 e, as: 
 
 
 
 ande, 
 
 spirit 
 
 — an den. 
 
 the spirit, soul 
 
 qvimm. 
 
 woman 
 
 — qvinnan. 
 
 the woman 
 
 bro, 
 
 bridge 
 
 — bron. 
 
 the bridge 
 
 0, 
 
 island 
 
 — On, 
 
 the island 
 
 hiislru, 
 
 wile 
 
 — hnslrun, 
 
 the wife 
 
 td 
 
 toe 
 
 — tan, 
 
 tlie toe. 
 
 The Neuter also loses the e, il" substantives end in i 
 or e, but it remains after other vowels, as: 
 
 hjerta, liearL — hjertat, the heart 
 
 rike, em[)ire — riket, the empire 
 
 tryckeri, printing office — trycken'et, the printing office 
 strd, straw — strdety the straw 
 
 />•()*, secdcorn — frOet, the seedcorn. 
 
 3. 
 
 DecltMisioii of the Article. 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 ing 
 
 ular. 
 
 
 
 Masc. and Fem. 
 
 
 
 
 No titer. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 en — w, th€ 
 
 
 
 et 
 
 — ;, the 
 
 Gen. 
 
 e)is — ws, of the 
 
 
 
 els 
 
 — fs, of the 
 
 Dat. 
 
 en — n, to liie 
 
 
 
 et 
 
 - ^ to the 
 
 Ace. 
 
 en — n, the 
 
 
 
 et 
 
 — ty the. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 r?e, 
 
 fem. 
 
 rm, 
 
 the 
 
 na 
 
 — en. 
 
 the 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 )ies 
 
 - 
 
 nas. 
 
 of 
 
 the 
 
 nns 
 
 — ens, 
 
 of 
 
 the 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ne 
 
 - 
 
 na, 
 
 to 
 
 the 
 
 na 
 
 — en, 
 
 to 
 
 the 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ne 
 
 
 n«, 
 
 the 
 
 i 
 
 na 
 
 — en. 
 
 the 
 
 
10 
 
 4. 
 The Gender of Substanti?es. 
 
 The Masculine are: 
 
 1. The names and professions of men, as: 
 
 Carl, Charles — konung, king 
 fader, father — snickare, joiner. 
 
 2. The names of the seasons, months, days, seas and ri- 
 vers, as: 
 
 hdst, autumn — Torsdag, Thursday 
 Mars, March — Malar en, the Malar lake 
 Rhen, Rhine. 
 8. The substantives in are, as: 
 
 murare, mason — hammare, hammer. 
 
 The Feminine are: 
 
 1. The names and occupations of females, as: 
 
 Sehna, Selma — brud, bride 
 
 moder, mother — drottning, queen 
 ko, cow — svdgerska, sister-in-law 
 except : 
 
 fruntimmer, \ . . _ 
 qvm/olk, J 
 
 2. The names of sciences, arts and trees, as: 
 
 geometri, geometry ~ ek, oak 
 bjork, birch — tall, pine. 
 
 3. Substantives ending in a, else, het, nad, ion, and the 
 abstract substantives in ing, as: 
 
 menniska, man — hetraktelse, meditation 
 
 klokhet, prudence — skapnad, shape, figure 
 
 religion, religion — gerning, deed 
 
 fdrtjUsning, fascination. 
 
 The Neuter are: 
 
 1. The names of countries, towns and places, as: 
 
 Sverige, Sweden — Uppland, Slockholm, Rosendal. 
 
 2. All other parts of speech, if used as a substantive, as: 
 
 ett ja, a yes — ett men, a but. 
 
 3. The substantives ending on a short on or i, as: 
 
 smnltron, strawberry — hallon, raspberry 
 rytteri, horsemen, 
 
 mare. 
 
11 
 
 except: 
 
 morgon, morning — afton, evening, 
 are masculine. 
 
 4. The I^articiples in nde if used as substantives, as; 
 
 resande, (the) travel Mng. 
 It is often difficult to know whether a noun is 
 masc. or. fern. — but there is no difliculty in practice, 
 as the Swedish adjectives have the same termination 
 both for the masculine and feminine. 
 
 5. Some substantives have difTerent meanings with different 
 genders, as: 
 
 bdl-en, the bowl — bdl-et, the funeral pile 
 damm-en, the pond — damm-et, the dust 
 grund-en, the ground — grund-et, the shallow 
 lock-en, the curl — lock-et, the cover or the lid 
 
 Idr-en, the box — lar-et, the thif^h 
 
 not- en, the nut — not-et^ the cattle 
 
 pm-ew, the pinch of snuff — pris-et, the price. 
 
 
 
 
 5. 
 
 
 
 
 Voca 
 
 bulary. 
 
 
 gamla, 
 
 old 
 
 
 har. 
 
 have 
 
 far, 
 
 father 
 
 
 rdkna, 
 
 to count 
 
 gOmmer^ 
 
 hides 
 
 
 oppnar. 
 
 opens 
 
 knif. 
 
 knife 
 
 
 dOrr^ 
 
 door 
 
 han, 
 
 he 
 
 
 och, 
 
 and 
 
 hon, 
 
 she 
 
 
 kommer 
 
 comes in 
 
 fdrslOsar, 
 
 squanders 
 
 rum, 
 
 room 
 
 hvad, 
 
 what 
 
 
 min 
 
 (neut. mitt), my 
 
 m^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 brdst, 
 
 breast, chest 
 
 dr. 
 
 year 
 
 
 strid, 
 
 fight 
 
 tiUhopa, 
 
 together 
 
 
 spdd. 
 
 young, tender 
 
 far man veta? 
 
 may one 
 
 know? 
 
 kyckling, 
 
 chicken 
 
 nyhet, 
 
 news 
 
 
 siste. 
 
 last 
 
 vatten, 
 
 water 
 
 
 petming, 
 
 coin 
 
 susar, 
 
 rushes 
 
 
 ond, 
 
 bad 
 
 fdr — skull 
 
 for — sake 
 
 samvete, 
 
 conscience 
 
 fick du, 
 
 did you 
 
 get 
 
 bandy 
 
 ribbon 
 
 href. 
 
 letter 
 
 
 dr. 
 
 IB 
 
12 
 
 slit en (n. f), 
 
 worn 
 
 
 utsdr. 
 
 sows 
 
 hus^ 
 
 house 
 
 
 giflfrd, 
 
 poison seed 
 
 ligger, 
 
 lies 
 
 
 inympa, 
 
 ingraft 
 
 pa, 
 
 on 
 
 
 fordom, 
 
 prejudice 
 
 dOdsbddd, 
 
 deathbed 
 
 
 barn, 
 
 chiid 
 
 egenskap, 
 
 quality 
 
 
 fOrsta, 
 
 first 
 
 gar, 
 
 goes 
 
 
 smnltroti, 
 
 strawberry 
 
 hdrifran, 
 
 away from 
 
 here 
 
 giftermdl, 
 
 marriage 
 
 frestelse, 
 
 temptation 
 
 
 angdr mig, 
 
 concerns me 
 
 stor. 
 
 great 
 
 
 inte. 
 
 not 
 
 fdngelse^ 
 
 prison 
 
 
 lutar, 
 
 leans 
 
 mOrk, 
 
 dark 
 
 
 hufvud^ 
 
 head 
 
 gvinna, 
 
 woman, fei 
 
 male 
 
 mot, 
 
 against. 
 
 
 
 Examples. 
 
 
 Gamla far gOnimer knifven i rockarmen. — Han fOrslOsar 
 hvad jag under aret sparat tillhopa. — Far man veta nyheten? 
 
 — Valtnet susar. — FOr himlens skull I — Fick du milt bref? 
 Jag fick brefvet. — Jag bar raknat minuterna. — Hon oppnar 
 dOrren och kommer in i rummet. — Den spade kycklingen. 
 
 — Den siste penningen. — Ett ondt samvete. — Bandet ar 
 slitet. — Den stolta gvinnan. — Mitt bus. — Han liggcr pa 
 dodsbadden. — En god egenskap. — Herrskapet gar harifran. 
 
 — Frestelsen ar stor. — Fangelset ar morkt. — Han ulsar 
 ett giftfro. — Han inympar en fOrdom i barnets hjerta. -- 
 Det forsla smultronet. — Giftermalet angar inte mig, — Hon 
 lutar hufvudet mot brostet. 
 
 6. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 A tair man^ A good^ child. The good friend*. God 
 who** created® the worlds Life^ is shorts The proud'*' 
 youth". The gilding 'Ms bad '^ A dangerous '"* i!hlcss'^ The 
 
 1 stor. 2 man. 3 godt. 4 van. 5 som. <> skapade. 7 verkl, f. 8 lif, n. 
 9 kort. to sloll. 11 yngling. 12 foigyllning. 13 dSlig. 14 farlig. 
 15 sjukdom. 
 
13 
 
 fat'^calf". The great kindness". A great" mind'". A good 
 fatljer'-^'. The dear mother ^^ A good hrother^^ My^' good 
 father. My good mother. My toll brother. 
 
 16 fet. 17 kalf. 18 godhet f. 19 slor. 20. forsland m. 21 far. 
 22 mor. 23 bior. 24 min. 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Jag har 
 
 Har Ni? 
 
 Har herrn 
 
 Ja, min herre, jag har, 
 
 Icke, ej. 
 
 Nej 
 
 Jag har icke 
 
 Nej, mill herre 
 
 Ndgot, ndgonting 
 
 Intel, ingenting 
 
 Ear Ni ndgonting? 
 
 Jag har ingenting 
 
 Jag cir 
 
 Ar Ni? 
 
 Ar Ni hungrig? 
 
 Jag dr hungrig 
 
 Ar Ni tOrstig? 
 
 Ar Ni trOttI 
 
 Ar Ni sOmnig? 
 
 ] 
 
 1 liave 
 
 have you? 
 
 has the genth'man 
 
 Yes Sir 1 have 
 
 not 
 
 no 
 
 I have not 
 
 No Sir 
 
 something, anytliing 
 
 nothing 
 
 Have you anytliing? 
 
 I have nothing 
 
 I am 
 
 Are you? 
 
 Are you Ijungry? 
 
 I am hugry 
 
 Are you thirsty? 
 
 Are you tired? 
 
 Are you sleepy? 
 
 7. 
 
 Formation of tlie Feminine. 
 
 Feminine Substantives are formed by adding ska or inna 
 to tlie Mascuhne: 
 
 inna, is added to monosynal)les or those syllables ending in 
 a vowel which is dropped, as: 
 
 grefve, count — grefvinna, countess 
 lejon, hon — lejoninna, honess; 
 ska, is added to those of two or more syllahles eriJing in 
 a consonant. 
 
14 
 
 The following names of animals differ entirely, as 
 
 hOns, fowl ] , ^. , 
 
 , . I > — hdna, hen 
 
 hane^ tupp^ cockj 
 
 hdst^ horse ] ' . 
 
 , . , . ,,. > — sto, mare 
 
 hmgst, stalhonj 
 
 hundj dog — hynda, hitch. 
 
 Many other nouns are exceptions, as: 
 
 lionunqA , . j ,, • 
 
 , ^ > kmg — drottmng^ queen 
 
 poet^ poet — poetissa, poetess 
 
 make^ 1 i u i maka, 1 .^ 
 
 ... ' > husband — , ' > wife, mate 
 
 aktaman,] hustru^f ' 
 
 phns, prince — princessa, princess 
 
 Others ad : hona, as: 
 
 kanin, rabl)it (m.) — kaninhona, rabbit (f.) 
 
 rdf, fox (m.) — rdfhona, fox (f.) 
 
 bjorn, bear (m.) — hjornhona, bear (f.). 
 
 8. 
 DiminntiTes. 
 
 Diminutives are formed in Swedish by: 
 
 liUe, lilla, liten, litet^ smd — dear, little, as: 
 
 lilla far, dear father — lilla mor, dear mother 
 
 lilla brorA , h^ tl - ^^'^^^ flicka, little girl 
 
 bror lilla,] flickebarn, female child 
 
 liten man, little man — liten qvinna, httle woman 
 
 liten hanne, little male — liten hona, little female (of 
 
 (of animals) animals) 
 
 liten stad or smdstad, little town. 
 
 9. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Denna skOna sangerska^ — En arm herdinna^ — 
 Nar^ Elfkungen'' dansar^ med sin drottning. — Den slarka 
 lejoninnaii. — En listig riilhona. — Ett eldigt® sto. — En 
 
 1 singer. 2 shepherdess. 3 when. 4 elfkiiig. 5 to dance. 6 fiery 
 
15 
 
 vaksam'' hynda. — Den trofasia® makan. — Don vackra* 
 prinsessan. — Der gar'" en liten llicka. — Min lilla flicka. 
 
 7 watchful. 8 faithful. 9 beautiful, lU goes. 
 
 10. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 A faithful female friend'. A kind' hostess ^ The 
 pretty laundress*. A bad poetess. A great ^ bear (f.). A 
 rich^ heiress. The white'' hen^ The cock-pigeon and the 
 dove. Dear little papa. The little man is very' conceited '^ 
 
 I van or vanninna. 2 fryntiig. 3 vardinna. 4 tvatteiska. 5 stor. 
 6 rik. 7 hvit. 8 hona. 9 mycket. 10 inbilsk. 
 
 11. 
 
 Declension of Substantifes. 
 
 The Swedish Language has five declensions for the sub- 
 stantive, regulated by the termination of the nominative plural. 
 
 The Nominative, Dative and Accusative of the substan- 
 tives are all alike. The Genitive is formed by adding „.s"; or 
 with the definitive article ens or ets. 
 
 Words ending in s and x remain unchanged if they are 
 with or without the indefinite article, as: en prins^ a prince 
 and of the prince; sax, scissors and of the scissors; but if 
 they are with the definite article they form : 
 
 prinsen, the prince — saxen^ the scissors 
 
 The Plural of the P* declension ends in or 
 
 - - 2°'^ - - - ar 
 
 - . 3rd _ - - er 
 
 - - - 4*^ - is unchanged 
 
 - - - 5*^ - ends in eji. 
 
 With the exception of substantives ending in a and most 
 of those ending in e, they are declined by adding the follow- 
 ing terminations: 
 
Singular. 
 Num. Dat. Ace. 
 Genitive 
 
 Plural. 
 Norn. Dat. Ace. 
 Genitive 
 
 Jst 
 
 Declension 
 
 a 
 as 
 
 or 
 
 ors 
 
 16 
 
 2iid I 3rd 
 Declension Dec'ension 
 
 ar 
 
 ars 
 
 With the definite Article: 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom. Dat. Ace. 
 Genitive 
 
 Plural. 
 Nom. Dat. Ace. 
 Genitive 
 
 an 
 ans 
 
 orna 
 ornas 
 
 en 
 
 ens- 
 
 er 
 ers 
 
 en, et 
 ens, ets 
 
 4th 
 Dec). 
 
 arne (a) erna (e) 
 arnes (as) [ ernas (es) 
 
 n 
 
 tis 
 
 t 
 
 ts 
 
 na 
 nas 
 
 5th 
 Declension 
 
 n, et, 
 
 ns, ets 
 
 ne (a) en 
 nes(as]em 
 
 12. 
 
 P* Declension. 
 
 All feminine substantives ending in a, except maka, the 
 wife (2^* D.) belong to this declension. 
 
 Some few monosyllables ending in a consonant, whose 
 termination was formerly in a, as: 
 
 ros, rose, rosor 
 
 vag, wave, vigor, 
 grdns^ boundary grdnsor. 
 With the indefinite Article. With the definite Article. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom. en krona, a crown. 
 Gen. en kronas, of a crown. 
 
 Nom. kronan, the crown. 
 Gen. kronans, of the crown. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. kronor, crowns. 
 Gen. kronors, of crowns. 
 
 Nom. kronorna, the crowns. 
 Gen. /fro?ionms, of the crowns 
 
 13. 
 
 2'^'^ Declension. 
 
 To tliis declension belong many masculine substantives 
 ending in e, ing, dom, omme. 
 
17 
 
 Most words of this dechMision are masculine. 
 
 Note 1 . T 1) e following are feminine: 
 brnd, bride — frOhen, Miss — clotter, daughter 
 
 drottning, qu(»en — jord, earth — sjdl, soul 
 sol, sun — verld, woild — gran, fir tree 
 
 tall, pine — ek, oak — aim, elm tree. 
 
 2. Substantives ending in e, drop it hclore ar, as: 
 
 gnbbe, old man — IMur. gubb-ar. 
 
 3. Substantives ending in the toneless syllables ar, el, 
 en, er, drop the vowel in the Plural, as: 
 
 sommar, summer, Plur. som-rar 
 
 spegel, looking-glass 
 
 froken, lady 
 
 syster, sister 
 
 afton, evening 
 
 morgon^ morning 
 
 4. Substantives ending in fvel, drop the v in the Plu- 
 ral, as: 
 
 gafvel, gable — Plur. gaft-ar. 
 
 5. Substantives ending in f, which is pronounced v, 
 add a v in the Plural, as: 
 
 knif, knife — Plur. knifv-ar. 
 
 6. moder, dotter, modify the vowel in 6', as: 
 
 mddr-ar, dOttr-ar. 
 
 spegl-ar 
 
 frokn-ar 
 
 systr-ar 
 
 aftn-ar 
 
 morgn-ar. 
 
 Whilh the indefinite Article. 
 
 With the definite Article. 
 
 N. en Ihid, a lime tree. 
 G. en linds, of a lime tree. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 N. lindar^ lime trees. 
 G. lindars, of lime trees. 
 
 N. linden, the limes. 
 G. lindens, of the limes. 
 Plural. 
 
 N. lindanie, the lime trees. 
 G. lindajiies, of the lime trees 
 
 N. Idrjnnge, a pupil. 
 
 G. Idrjunges, of a pupil. 
 
 N. Idrjungar, pupils. 
 
 G. Idrjungars, of pupils. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 N. Idrjnngen, the pupil. 
 G. Idrjungens, of the pupil. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. Idrjungarne, the pupils. 
 G. IdrJiDigarnes, of the pupils. 
 
 Lenstrdm's Swedish Grammar. 
 
 2 
 
18 
 
 14. 
 
 3'^ Declension. 
 
 To this Declension belong masculine, feminine and neuter 
 nouns, ending in ad, else, skap, het, i (except bi). 
 
 1. Those ending in an accented vowel, drop the e of 
 the definite Article in the Singular and Plural, as: 
 
 sko, shoe — skon, the shoe — skor, shoes — skona, the shoes; 
 except those in «, and dbc, fru, etc. 
 
 2. Those ending in el and er, drop the e in the Sin- 
 gular before the definite Article. Those in el drop it also in 
 the Plural, as: 
 
 fabel, fable — fablen, the fable 
 fabler — fablerna 
 
 broder, brother — brodren^ the brother 
 brOder, — brdderna. 
 
 3. Many modify their vowels in Ihe Plural, as: 
 tang, tdnger — bonde. hOnder — natt, ndtter. 
 
 4. Those in t and some in n double the final con- 
 sonant in the Plural, as: 
 
 get, getter — nOt, nOlter — rot, rdtter 
 van, vdnner — man, mdnner. 
 
 With the indefinite Article. With the definite Article. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. en prest, a priest. N. presten, the priest. 
 
 G. en prests of a priest. G. prestens, of the priest. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. prester, priests. 
 
 G. pr esters, of priests. G. presternas, of the priests 
 
 N. presterna, the priests. 
 
 Singular. 
 N. en fiende, an enemy. N. fienden, the enemy. 
 
 G. en fiendes, of an enemy. G. fiendens, of \he enemy. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. fiender, enemies. 
 G. fiendtrs, of eneuiies. 
 
 N. fienderna, the enemies. 
 G. fiendernas, of the enemies. 
 
19 
 
 15. 
 
 4*^ Declension. 
 
 To this Declension belong all neuters ending in a con- 
 sonant, and tliose in are. 
 
 1. Those in el, er, en, drop the e before tlie definito 
 Article in the Singular and Plural, as: 
 
 valteii, water — vatlnet, the water 
 Plur. vatten vattnen. 
 
 2. Those ending in /", receive a v before the Article as: 
 href^ letter — brefvet, the letter — IM. brejven. 
 
 With (he indefinite Article. Wilh the definite Article. 
 
 Singula)'. 
 
 N. ett barn, a child. 
 
 G. ett barns, of a child. 
 
 N. bam, children. 
 
 G. bar7is, of children. 
 
 N. barnet, the child. 
 G. barnels, of the child. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. barnen, the children. 
 G. barnens, of the children. 
 
 16. 
 
 5*^ Declension. 
 
 To this declension belong the neuters ending in a vowel. 
 
 1. Those ending in a or e, only add a t, as: 
 
 hjerta, heart — hjertat, the heart. 
 sinne, sense — sinnet, the sense. 
 In the Plural they add only an n, as: 
 
 hjertan, hearts — sinnen, the senses. 
 
 2. Those ending in other vowels add et in the Sin- 
 gular and n in the indefinite Plural, in the delinile Plural 
 e«, as: 
 
 bo, dwelling — boet, the dwelling. 
 Plur. bon — bocn. 
 
 3. Some in e add in the delinite Plural an a, as: 
 embele, an oftice — embeten, oftices — Plur. euibelena. 
 
20 
 
 With the indefinite Article. Wilh the definite Article. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 N. kndet, the knee. 
 
 N, ett knd, a knee. 
 G. ett kndSy of a knee. 
 
 N. knariy knees. 
 G. kndnsy of knees. 
 
 G. kna^ts, of the knee. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. ktid^n^ the knees. 
 G. kndens, of the knees. 
 
 17. 
 Note on the Declensious. 
 
 Irregular are: 
 
 nins, mouse Plur. mdss] ..>, r^ i 
 c, . W*^ Decl. 
 
 gasy goose - gdss J 
 
 ffga, eye - Ogon, dgonen] ^^^ ^^^^ 
 
 dra, ear - tfrow, dronen] 
 
 The following have a double Plural: 
 
 brdde, board Plur. brdder, brdden 
 
 tyg, cloth - tyger^ tygen^ tygerna 
 
 man, man - many manner. 
 
 18. 
 Examples. 
 
 Jag^ sag gummorna^ och pojkarne^. — Hon bar klena 
 hander, men ban bar goda nafvar\ — Flickorna^ bli" en 
 valsignelse' for oss alia. — Somliga® menniskor kunna® le'°. 
 — Hvar** ar'^ nycklen'^? — Jag tog'^ nycklarne. — Ni*'* 
 bar tre systrar och fern '^ brOder. — Foglarne*^ qvittra** i sko- 
 garne'^. — Vi ata^° bi^axnar^'. — Vi bade vackra^^ hosla^tnar-^ — 
 
 1 I saw. 2 gumma, an old woman. 3 pojke , a boy. 4 fist. 
 5 flicka, girl. 6 from „blifva'' become. 7 blessing. 8 some. 
 
 9 can. 10 smile. 11 where. 12 is. 13 key. 14 1 took. 15 you. 
 
 10 five. 17 bird. 18 chirp. 19 forest. 20 eat. 21 braxen, the 
 bream. 22 beautiful. 23 autumn eveninjf. 
 
21 
 
 Oarne'^^ aro obebodda". — Han alskar^* sina vanner och 
 hatar^^ sina fiender. — Avei^* bar tolf^^ nianad(ir^°. — IJans 
 fOrfader^* voro^^ stora^^ niiin. — Vagor bla ocb giiina lunder^\ 
 
 — Jag s§ig skoldar^^ ocb lansar^*. — De ungas^^ bjertan. — 
 FSglarne lialva vingar^* ocb klor^^. — Skona''^ iiro itu"*' ocb 
 tSma"*'^ sticka"^ iil''\ — Fablerna"^ aro niorabska. — Hon bar 
 sma fotter''^ — Hon bojde'" bljcbvita''^ knan pa gaUVef®. — 
 De grOna stranderna. — Hafvets^" mOr^^ — Han bade Ire 
 ben". — Manga '^^ ar. — En skog, der" djuren" ga^'' under 
 boga" trad^^ — De hvita'^'' seglen"''. — Vallnet ar kallt^'. — 
 Der aro manga mOss. — Lat^'^ mig skada^^ dina skona ogon. 
 
 — Han fick''^ stipendier. 
 
 24 0, island. 25 uninhabited. 26 loves. 27 hates. 28 a?', year. 
 29 twelve. 30 month. 31 ancestors. 32 were. 33 great. 34 grove. 
 35 shield. 36 lance. 37 the young people. 38 wings. 39 claw. 
 40 shoe. 41 broken. 42 toe. 43 stick. 44 out. 45 fable. 
 46 foot. 47 bent. 48 lily white. 49 ground. 50 sea. 51 nymph. 
 52 leg. 53 many. 54 where. 55 cattle. 56 go. 57 high. 
 58 tree. 59 white. 60 sails. 61 cold. 62 let. 63 behold. 
 64 received, from a/'a". 
 
 19. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 He has five sons and four daughters, tbey are boys and 
 g^'ls^ Men are not all good. I saw yesterday^ tbe work- 
 men^, servants" and peasant women ^ We sat** all Sunday' 
 afternoon® witb tbe book in our bands ^. Tbe doctors*" are 
 not all quacks*'. Tbe evenings become*^ long'^. 1 bke to 
 read*"* novels. Have you mended'^ my boots'^? You know" 
 my'* babits'^. You preacb'-''^ to deaf'^' ears. We do not 
 know^^ tbe reasons^. There were^* many counts" and 
 barons'^" present. Such^' men are my enemies ^^ Here are 
 rooms'"^* to let^'*. I hke^' apples ^^ The hearts are laithfuP^ 
 
 1 flicka (1*^ D.). 2 igar. 3 arbetare. 4 tjenare. 5 bomiqvinna. 
 6 vi suto. 7 sondag. 8 eftermiddag (2"'^ D.). 9 hand (3^^ D.). 
 10 lakare. 11 qvacksalfvore. 12 bli. 13 lung. 14 jag laser 
 gerna. 15 har ni lagat. 16 stofvel {2'^^ D.). 17 ni kanner. 
 18 min. 19 vana (l^' D). 20 ni taiar for. 21 dot (PI. dofva). 
 22 vi kanna icke. 23 orsak. 24 der voio. 25 grefve (2°^ D.). 
 26 baron (3^'! D.). 27 sadan. 28 fiende. 29 rum (4»*> D.). 30 alt 
 hyra. 31 jag tycker om. 32 apple (S^** D.). 33 trogen. 
 
22 
 
 The offices are rare"*. The seas'* and the islands. The 
 smiths^^ lifted^' the hammer up. The ladies are sisters. A 
 house of a prince. Where are the servants^®? The children's 
 mother. 
 
 34 sallsynta. 35 sjo (m.). 36 smed. 37 upplyfta. 38 tjenare. 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Hvad? Hvad for? 
 
 What? For what? 
 
 Hvad har Ni? 
 
 What have you? 
 
 Delta 
 
 This 
 
 Ar delta min hok? 
 
 Is this my book? 
 
 Hvem ? 
 
 Who ? 
 
 Hvem har? 
 
 Who has? 
 
 Jag har rdlt 
 
 I am right 
 
 Ni har ordtt 
 
 You are wrong 
 
 Har jag rdtl ? 
 
 Am 1 right? 
 
 Nej\ min here^ Ni har ordtt 
 
 No Sir, you are wrong 
 
 Han har 
 
 He has 
 
 Han dr 
 
 He is 
 
 Han har knifven 
 
 He has the knife 
 
 Han har den 
 
 He has it. 
 
 20. 
 The Adjective. 
 
 An adjective before a substantive is not dechned, but 
 takes the termination of the gender of the noun. If the in- 
 definite article preceds it, masculine and feminine adjectives 
 are ahke, and unchanged, as: 
 
 en drlig man^ an honest man 
 en drlig qvinna, an honest woman. 
 
 In the neuter it takes a tj as: 
 
 ett drligt barn^ an honest child. 
 
 Note. 1. If th(^ definite article preceds it, the adjective 
 takes an e in the masculine and an a in the feminine and 
 neuter, as: 
 
23 
 
 den drJige mannen, tlie honest man 
 (kti cirliga qvinnan^ the honest woman 
 den drliga harnet^ the honest child. 
 
 2. If the adjeclive is used as an adverb, it remains 
 unchanged in the mascuhne and feminine; but it takes a i in 
 the neuter, as: 
 
 mannen dr driig, the man is lionest 
 qvinnan dr drlig, the woman is honest 
 barnet dr driigt, the child is lionest. 
 
 3. If the adjeclives end in en, they change it into et in 
 the neuter, as: 
 
 trogen, faithful, neut. troget. 
 
 Adjectives ending in a and t do not change in the neuter, 
 but those ending in i and «, add in the neuter two tt's. 
 
 4. If adjectives ending in ad are placed with the de- 
 finite article before a substantive they add e for all genders. 
 
 Those ending in el, er, en, drop the e of the root, when 
 the termination is in e and a, as: 
 
 vacker, pretty: den vackra flickan, the pretty girl. 
 If a fv preceds these terminations, the v is also dropped, as: 
 dufven changes into dnfna 
 
 liten (little) - - lille 
 
 gammal (old) - - gamle. 
 
 If the en belongs to the root, a ? is added, as: 
 
 ren — rent. 
 
 5. The adjective has always (he same termination in 
 the Plural which it has in the Singular with the delinite ar- 
 ticle, as: 
 
 den vackra ftickan, Plur. vackra flickor 
 with the article: de vackra flickorna. 
 
 6. The following form their Plural irregularly: as: 
 
 mijcken, much — Plur. mange {a) 
 liten, lillle — - sma 
 litet, few — - fa. 
 
24 
 
 21 
 
 
 Vocabi 
 
 u 1 a r y. 
 
 
 hortlagt, 
 
 renounced 
 
 aktningsvdrd, 
 
 respectable 
 
 fOrhatliga, 
 
 detestable 
 
 sitt. 
 
 sit 
 
 spelsjnka, f.. 
 
 gambling 
 
 blek, 
 
 pale 
 
 nu for liden, 
 
 at the pre- 
 
 bedrOfvad, 
 
 sad 
 
 
 sent time 
 
 han vdJsignar, 
 
 he blesses 
 
 stnrsk, 
 
 uncivil 
 
 ok and, 
 
 unknown 
 
 som om de iwre. 
 
 as if they 
 
 vdlgOrare, 
 
 benefactor 
 
 
 were 
 
 hvad. 
 
 what 
 
 bit. 
 
 to become 
 
 upptdg, 
 
 joke 
 
 herre, 
 
 gentleman, 
 
 svart. 
 
 blaick 
 
 
 Sir 
 
 moln. 
 
 cloud 
 
 annan. 
 
 other 
 
 a' abriged for dro, are, is 
 
 sldgte. 
 
 gender 
 
 dskmoln, 
 
 thunder cloud 
 
 dn de. 
 
 than they 
 
 bekant. 
 
 acquaintance 
 
 det vore. 
 
 it were 
 
 barn. 
 
 child 
 
 rolig, 
 
 agreeable 
 
 vdder. 
 
 weather 
 
 om. 
 
 if 
 
 rad, 
 
 council, advice 
 
 jag kunde, 
 
 I could 
 
 uppfdrande 
 
 conduct 
 
 fdra hit. 
 
 convey hi- 
 
 dOf, 
 
 deaf 
 
 
 ther 
 
 qvinna. 
 
 woman. 
 
 
 Exam 
 
 iples. 
 
 
 Han bar hortlagt den forhatliga spelsjukan. — Nu fOr 
 tiden bli handtveikarne sa sturska, som om de vore baroner. 
 
 — Du ville bli en praktig herre. — Vi aro af ett annat slagte 
 an de. — Det vore roligt om jag kunde fora hit min akt- 
 ningsvarda viin. — Sitt icke sa bedrofvadl — Min lilla 
 flickal — Den unga menniskan. — Han valsignar sin okande 
 valgOrare. — Hvad ar det der fOr afskyvarda upptdg. — 
 Alia svarta moln an'o inte askmoln. — En gammal bekant. 
 
 — Den gamle vannen. — Barnet ar artigt. — Det artiga 
 barnet. — Det fOrbannade viidret. — En vacker flicka. — 
 Den vackra flickan. — De vackra miinniskorna. — Kloka mans 
 r§d. — Det kloka barnets uppfOraiide. — Ett klokt barns 
 uppfOrande. — En kloks rad. — En dof qvinna. 
 
25 
 
 22. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 The sad giil. The child is pale. A despairing* father. 
 I am quiet ^ and cohP. The wind is cold. The child is quiet. 
 The new^ IraucP. With deep" voiced Great God. lie stands' 
 like stone". He goes out ot'° the door** at the right'^ He 
 enters'^ violently *^ The violent man. The rough '^ hear*^ 
 The hehaviour of prudent'' men. The rational*' hehaviour of 
 prudent men. The deck*® is clean. The ripe^° ear"'^*. 
 
 1 fortviflad. 2 hign. 3 kail. 4 ny. 5 svek n. 6 djup. 7 stamma. 
 8 han star. 9 forstenad. 10 han gar ut genom. 11 dorr. 12 lio- 
 ger. 13 hail kommer in. 14 haftig. 15 luden. 16 bjorn. 17 klok. 
 18 fornuftig. 19 dack n. 20 mogen. 21 ax. n. 
 
 23. 
 Comparison of Adjectifes. 
 
 The Com|)arative is formed by adding are, the Superlative 
 by adding ast to the Positive, as: 
 
 Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 
 
 fri, free — fn'are, more free — friast, most free 
 ringa, small - — ringare, smaller — ringast, smallest. 
 With the article the superlative adds an e, as: 
 
 den friaste mannen — den friaste qvinnan, etc. 
 Note 1. Some adjectives ending in / take in the Com- 
 paralive and Superlative an additional v; those in in double 
 it, and those in el, en, er, drop the e. 
 
 2. Adjectives ending in isk and ad form their Com- 
 parative by mer (mera), more, and mest, most, as: 
 
 behjertad, courageous — mer behjertad, more courageous — 
 mest behjertad, most courageous. 
 
 24. 
 
 Irregular Comparisons. 
 
 Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 
 
 god, good — bdttre, better — bast, best 
 
 elak, bad — sdmre, varre, worse — sdmst, vdrst, worst 
 
Positive. 
 
 Iiigh 
 great 
 small 
 smd 
 few 
 long 
 
 hdg, 
 
 St or, 
 
 liten, 
 
 Plur. 
 
 fa, 
 
 Idng, 
 
 mycken, much 
 
 Plur. manga 
 
 ndra^ near 
 
 gammal^ old 
 
 wig, young 
 
 tutig, heavy 
 
 26 
 
 • Comperative. 
 
 hdgre, higher 
 
 sWrre, greater 
 
 mindre^ smaller 
 smdrre 
 
 fdrre, less 
 
 Idngre, longer 
 
 mera, more 
 flera 
 
 ndrmare nearer 
 
 dldre, older 
 
 ytigre, younger 
 
 tyngre, heavier 
 
 Superlative. 
 hdgst, highest 
 stdrsl, greatest 
 minst, smallest 
 stndrst 
 minst, 
 Idngst^ 
 mest, 
 fldsta, 
 
 least 
 longest 
 
 most 
 mesta 
 nasi, ndrmast , n earest 
 didst, oldest 
 yngst, youngest 
 tyngst, heaviest. 
 
 
 25 
 
 ). 
 
 
 
 Vocahi 
 
 u 1 a r y. 
 
 
 redig, 
 
 bright 
 
 tid. 
 
 time 
 
 hufvud, 
 
 head 
 
 fOrdlskade sig, 
 
 fell in love 
 
 slar sig fram, 
 
 fights through 
 
 giftesig 
 
 married him 
 
 verld, 
 
 world 
 
 
 self 
 
 vishet, 
 
 wisdom 
 
 skola^ 
 
 school 
 
 spel. 
 
 play 
 
 sednare, 
 
 later 
 
 docka. 
 
 doll 
 
 folk, 
 
 people 
 
 han bcgdi. 
 
 he wants 
 
 slug, 
 
 shrewd 
 
 hdns, 
 
 hen 
 
 herrskare, 
 
 ruler 
 
 korg, 
 
 basket 
 
 styf, 
 
 strong 
 
 Idmplig, 
 
 suitable 
 
 arbetare, 
 
 workman 
 
 namn. 
 
 name 
 
 from. 
 
 pious 
 
 lycklig, 
 
 lucky, happy, for- 
 tunate 
 
 dnnu. 
 
 yet, still. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Ett redigt hufvud slar sig mycket battre fram i verlden 
 an den storsta vishet. — Hon iir spelels basta docka. — 
 Ilan vill vara hOgsta honset i korgen. — Det ar ett lampli- 
 gare namn. — Lyckligare tider. — Philips iildre dotler foriils- 
 kade sig i Jacobs yngre son, och Jacob saldste son giftesig 
 med Philips yngsta dotter. — Den iirligasle manniskan. — 
 llan ar framst i skolan. — Pa sednare tider. — Det samre 
 
27 
 
 folkct. — Han Hr sliigaro .In jag, men min hror Sr don sln- 
 gasle. — lion ar den skOnasle llickan. — l)e vackrasie qvinnor. 
 
 — Gud ar den mugligste henskaren. — Den styfvaste arlietaren. 
 
 — Jag ar from, men han ar annii IVonjmare. — Biista far I 
 
 26. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 I am better than lie. Fie is my worst enemy. lie is 
 older than I, hut 1 am calmer than he. My eldest daugliter 
 is younger than his youngest son. He is the most pious man 
 in the town\ He is ruder^ than you. The heaviest load^ 
 The highest price \ Most men. The noblest'^ gentleman and 
 the lowest workman. The smallest t■ault^ I saw more men in 
 the street'. The worst scampi The nearest house. A more 
 agreeable® society *°. The surest'' baiP^ The bravest soldic. 
 1 gave" the book to the most beloved'* friend. 
 
 1 stad. 2 iS. 3 borda f. 4 pris, m. 5 foi nam. 6 fel, n. 7 gala, f. 
 8 gosse. 9 angenamt. 10 sallskap, n. 11 siiker. 12 borgen, 
 loftesman. 13 jag gaf. 14 alskad. 
 
 27. 
 Personal Pronouns. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 l^t Person. 
 Noni. Jag, I 
 
 Dat.& Ace. mig, me 
 
 Nom. VI, we 
 
 Dat.& Ace. OSS, us 
 
 dig, thee 
 
 PI 
 
 i, you 
 
 e(/erferj, you 
 
 2"*^ Person. S""* Person. 
 
 du, thou han, he, hon, she, det, it. 
 
 Gen. hans, hennes, dess. 
 honom, henne, det. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 f/e, they. 
 
 Gen. deras, of them. 
 dem, sig, them. 
 
 Note. Dm, is only used to relations and intimate friends. 
 Ni, is used for „you" in conversation 
 om Ni vill, if you will. 
 
28 
 
 dMa, 
 
 hata^ 
 
 inte, icJce, 
 
 trodde, 
 
 tog, 
 
 g6ra, 
 
 Idt, 
 
 veta, 
 
 fel. 
 
 love 
 
 hate 
 
 not 
 
 believed 
 
 took 
 
 do, make, render 
 
 let 
 
 know 
 
 fault 
 
 28. 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 kdrlek, 
 
 love 
 understdsig, to presume 
 
 dygd, 
 
 sag, 
 sOk, 
 
 sanning, 
 finner du, 
 
 virtue 
 
 reward, wages, al- 
 lowance 
 saw 
 
 look for 
 truth 
 tindest thou. 
 
 mig. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Jag alskar dig. — Hon hatar 
 inte. 
 
 — Jag togdet. — Det ar 
 Del gOr jag for Eder alia, 
 honom icke horadet. — Det ar bans fel. 
 
 — Han understar sig. — Det ar deras dygders lOn. — Jag 
 sag dem. — SOk sanningen, sa finner du deu. 
 
 J alsken benne. — Han kan goradet. 
 
 godt. — 
 — Lat benne inte vetadet. 
 
 Det 
 
 gOr 
 
 Ni b(3r honom 
   Han troddedet. 
 for Er. — 
 - Lat 
 Heiines karlek. 
 
 jag 
 
 29. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 We love him, but he does not love us. Thou canst do it. 
 
 Did you take* it from him? I 
 you. That is* nolbing'' to us. 
 
 gave 
 
 it to you. I gave it 
 Fortune^ changes" (itself). 
 
 Let her 
 not hear*° it. Fetch** him, I will speak '^ with him alone. 
 
 2 jag gaf. 3 angar. 4 inte. 5 lycka. 6 vijnder. 7 huru. 
 8 skall ga. 9 horde. 10 erfara, fa veta. 11 lat honom komma 
 12 viil tala. 
 
 How' will it go® with us? I heard' their children. 
 
 1 tog 
 
 
 30. 
 
 
 
 Possesive Pronouns. 
 
 
 
 Min, mine 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Neuter, 
 
 \om. 
 
 min, mine min 
 
 mitt. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 min, of mine. 
 
 
29 
 
 Plural. 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Nom. mine, my mina 
 
 Gen. mina, of my mina 
 In the same way are declined : 
 
 din, dilt, 1 1 line 
 sin, silt, his. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 mina. 
 
 mina. 
 
 
 Var, our. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Masc. Fem. 
 
 Neuter 
 
 Nom. 
 
 vdr, our vdr 
 
 vdrt. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 vdr, of ours. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 vdre, ours vara 
 
 vara. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 vara, of ours. 
 
 
 
 Eder (er), yours. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Masc. Fem. Neuter. 
 
 Nom. eder (er), your eder (er) edert (ert). 
 
 Gen. eder, of yours. 
 
 Plural. 
 Nom. edre (ere), yours edra (era) edra (era), 
 
 Gen. edra, of yours. 
 
 Note. In the old style mins, dins, vars, eders, were used. 
 The s is now dropped — and only retained in Eders or Ers 
 before some litles, as Eders or Ers majestdt — your majesty. 
 
 31. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Det Sr mitt alskade barn. — Ni har mOrdat er dotter. 
 — Var far kummer; vSnd* dig icke langre bort^ fran^ bans 
 karleksfulla * bhckar. — Du skyr^ ej ISngre mina blickar. — 
 Tjufvar" voro i ert rum'. — Jag vill gOmma® mig for liennes 
 
 1 vanda, to turn. 2 away. 3 from. 4 loving. 5 avoid. 6 ihief. 
 7 room. 8 to hide. 
 
30 
 
 ,10 
 
 — Han valsignar sin 
 
 Ogon. — SvSlj' inte ned' dina larar 
 valgOrare. — SkOt" ni edra affarer'^ — Han sOker'^ inle 
 deras sallskap. — Jag ar nedtyngd'^ af era valgerningar'\ — 
 Var fars strano:het"'. — Barnens karlek till deras fOraldrar". 
 
 Barnets karlek till sin (dess) far. 
 Jaof ber om ursakt'^ 
 
 De mina sOkte mig. 
 
 9 nedsvdlj'a, to swallow down, to suppress. 10 th', tear. 11 skota, 
 to mind. 12 business. 13 soka , to seek. 14 to weigh down. 
 15 benevolence. 16 severity. 17 the parents. 18 your Grace. 
 
 32. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 I have wronged' my friend. His resolution'' is taken'. 
 Come'* my friends. He and his dauglhers. Your mothtr is 
 still alive ^ Your child will hide from your eyes. She leaned^ 
 her head' on® his (hans) shoulder®. The father, who (som) 
 sees'" his dying'' daughter. I will loosen'^ your chains 
 
 13 
 
 1 jag bar lural. 2 beslut n. 3 fatladt. 4 kom. 
 6 lutar. 7 hufvud, 8 mot. 9 axel. 10 ser. 
 skall losa. 13 kedja. 
 
 5 lefver annu. 
 11 do. 12 jag 
 
 33. 
 Demonstrative Pronouns. 
 
 
 Tf 
 
 lis one. 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 
 Neuter 
 
 Nom. 
 
 den 
 
 den 
 
 1 
 
 det. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 [dens] dess 
 
 dess 
 
 
 dess. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 %, 
 
 Nom. 
 
 de, those 
 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 deras, of I hose > of all g 
 
 ^end 
 
 ers. 
 
 Dat. & Ace. 
 
 dem, those J 
 
 
 
31 
 
 
 
 This, this one. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Nenfer. 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 denne 
 
 
 denna 
 
 delta. 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 dennes 
 
 
 dennas 
 
 deltas. 
 
 
 Dal.&Acc. 
 
 denna 
 
 
 denna 
 
 delta. 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 desse 
 
 
 dessa 
 
 dessa, 
 
 those. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 desses 
 
 
 dessas 
 
 dessas, 
 
 ot those. 
 
 Dat.& Ace. 
 
 dessa 
 
 
 dessa 
 
 dessa, 
 
 those. 
 
 This same, that same. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Masr. 
 Nom. samnie 
 
 Gen. sammes 
 
 Dat.&Acc. sanima 
 
 Fern. & Neuter. 
 samma 
 sanmias 
 samma 
 
 Plural. 
 
 samma. 
 
 sanimas. 
 
 samma. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Masc. 
 Nom. den samme 
 
 Gen. den sammes 
 
 Dat.&Acc. den samma 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Plural 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 den samma \det samma de samma. 
 den sammas del sam7nas de sammas. 
 den samma del samma de samma. 
 
 Note. 1. Thai one, is generaly translated by: den der. 
 
 2. The Pron.: den, del, is used when in connexion 
 with a Relative Pronoun, as: 
 
 del hordet, som du kOple, that table which you 
 
 bought. 
 
 3. The Genitive dens, is only used of persons. 
 
 4. This, this one, is generally expressed 
 conversation by: den hdr, del hdr. 
 
 That, that one, by: den der, del der. 
 
 m 
 
32 
 
 34. 
 
 
 Vo cab 
 
 u lary. 
 
 
 hem, 
 
 home 
 
 kalla, 
 
 to call, name 
 
 andra gdngen, 
 
 second time 
 
 trodde, 
 
 believed 
 
 kunskap, 
 
 knowledge 
 
 hedningj 
 
 heathen 
 
 utbildades, 
 
 was perfected 
 
 ddd, 
 
 death 
 
 fullkomlig, 
 
 complete 
 
 bortryckt, 
 
 taken away 
 
 mnn, 
 
 mouth 
 
 tva tredjedelar, 
 
 two thirds 
 
 frdn, 
 
 from 
 
 folkmdngd, 
 
 population 
 
 kust, 
 
 cost 
 
 trddde fram, 
 
 stood lorth 
 
 ropade. 
 
 called 
 
 pa, 
 
 on, upon 
 
 efter. 
 
 after, by 
 
 stenhOg, 
 
 stone heap. 
 
 
 Exam 
 
 I p 1 e s. 
 
 
 r detta nya hem gifte hon sig for andra g§ngen. — 
 Denna kunskap utbildades till fullkomlig klarhet. — Det var 
 den lilla systems mun. — De komma fran dessa kuster. — 
 Den, som ropade efter honom. — Jag vill kalla dem, som 
 trodde detta, hedningar. — Doden hade bortryckt tva tred- 
 jedelar af dess folkmilngd. — Dessa bade tradde fram, och 
 Gud vjilsignade dem, som trodde pS honom. — Den hSr 
 stenhogen. 
 
 35. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 In this house and in thai gaiden'. God be praised* for 
 this joy^ It is the first time"" that I calP you by^ this dear' 
 name®. This heart is cold. I saw him in the same town*. 
 That man's wife'" is dead'*. This one here is my friend, that 
 one (there) is my enemy, and the other (that one) is indif- 
 ferent to me'^ 
 
 1 tradgard m 
 
 2 lofvad vare. 3 gladje f. 4 forsta gangen. 
 5 namner. 6 vid. 7 kar. 8 namn n. 9 slad m. 10 maka. 
 11 dod. 12 likgiltig. 
 
33 
 
 36 
 
 RrlntiTc Pronouns. 
 
 The Relative pronouns in Svvedisli arc: 
 Iwilken, (m. f.), wliicli; hvilket (n.) 
 6om, which, who; is not declined. 
 
 Who. which that. 
 
 s 
 
 in- 
 
 u 1 a r. 
 
 
 Masc. & Fern. 
 
 
 
 Nenter. 
 
 ^om. hvilken 
 
 
 
 hvilket. 
 
 Gen. hvilkeiis 
 
 
 
 hvilkets. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 
 
 Fern, & Neuter. 
 
 Nom. hviJke 
 
 
 
 hvilka. 
 
 Gen. hvilkas 
 
 
 
 hvilkas. 
 
 Dat.&Acc. hviJka 
 
 
 
 hvilka. 
 
 Note. Instead of the Genitive hvilkens, hvars is used from 
 the antiquated hvar. 
 
 Nu^ now 
 
 vacklar mot^ staggers towards 
 tjetist^ occupation, busi- 
 
 ness, employ- 
 ment 
 
 37. 
 
 V c a 1) u 1 a r y. 
 
 hnide^ 
 
 erhdlla, 
 yenningar^ 
 vilja, 
 Ofriye, 
 
 conld 
 receive 
 money 
 will 
 others, the rest. 
 
 Exam |) 1 e s. 
 
 Du iir den som nu vacklar mot grafven. — J iiren men- 
 niskor, som fOrbannade honom. — En god tjenst under hvil- 
 ken hon kunde erhalla en summa penningar. — Han ar en 
 man, hvars vilja ar starkare an alia ofrigas. 
 
 Lenstrom's Swe<Msh Grammar. 
 
 3 
 
34 
 
 38. 
 Exereises. 
 
 lie who says so'. Those who believe'' this. The ge- 
 neral under whose command^ lie stood ^ The name under 
 which he serves^ The princes^ under whose protection^ he 
 stood. 
 
 1 sadant. 2 tro. 3 befal. 4 han stod {he stood). 5 han tjenar. 
 6 furste. 7 beskydd. 
 
 39. 
 Intcrrogatiye Pronouns. 
 
 Evilken, hvilket, who, wliat? 
 hvem? who?, hvad? what? 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Masc. &Fem. Neuter. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. hvem 
 
 Gen. hvems, or hvars 
 
 Dat.&Acc. hvem 
 
 hvad 
 hvad 
 hvad 
 
 hvilke 
 
 hvilkas 
 
 hvilka. 
 
 40 
 
 Examples. 
 
 
 Ilvad §r det da mera*? — Hvad vagar^ ni saga^? — 
 Ilvem var det, som uj)pfoslrade'' er son? — Hvem soka^ de? 
 — Ilvem skola vi** tro? — Hvems feV Sr det. 
 
 1 more. 2 dare. 3 to say. 4 brought up. 5 look for. 6 shall 
 we. 7 fault. 
 
 41. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Who has done* this? Whose son is this youth ^? To 
 whom did we give' it? What is that? What do you say? 
 What man can believe such'*? What cares ^ have you? 
 
 1 gjort. 2 yiigling. 3 gafvo. 4 sadanl, slikt. 5 sorg m., bekym- 
 mer n. 
 
35 
 
 42. 
 
 
 lu(le(iiii(e V 
 
 rououns. 
 
 
 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 Pldral. 
 
 All, 
 
 all 
 
 allt 
 
 alia 
 
 annan. 
 
 other 
 
 annat 
 
 andre, andra 
 
 en. 
 
 some one 
 
 
 
 enltvar, 
 
 every one 
 
 etthvart 
 
 
 hel, 
 
 all, entire 
 
 helt 
 
 hele, hela 
 
 hvar, (Iwarje), 
 
 each 
 
 Iwart 
 
 
 hoar och en, 
 
 all and every one 
 
 hvart och ett 
 
 
 hvarannan. 
 
 each other 
 
 hv art annat 
 
 hvarandra 
 
 hvardera, 
 
 each 
 
 
 
 hvarjehanda. 
 
 all sorts 
 
 
 
 ingen, 
 
 no one, none 
 
 intet 
 
 inga 
 
 ingendera, 
 
 neither 
 
 intetdera 
 
 
 likadan, 
 
 such one 
 
 
 
 man, 
 
 one, they 
 
 
 '? o 
 
 mdngen. 
 
 many a one 
 
 
 mange, mant 
 
 ndgon, 
 
 somebody 
 
 ncigot 
 
 nagre, nagra. 
 
 samme, 
 
 same, the same 
 
 sanima 
 
 
 sjelf. 
 
 self 
 
 sjelft 
 
 
 slik, 
 
 such, such one 
 
 
 
 somligR, 
 
 some 
 
 somliga & fem. 
 
 
 sadan. 
 
 such, the like ! 
 
 sddant 
 
 
 Most of these Pronouns are 
 
 declined like 
 
 the A(lj(;clivc 
 
 ar grymmare' an alia de andra. — Skolgossen*, 
 nagra blad"* i sin grammalica. — En planta% som 
 slags' 
 
 43. 
 Examples. 
 
 Han 
 som last^ 
 
 trifves^ i all slags' jord®. — Har kommer nagon. — Det ai 
 d§ forbi^ med allt, med hela den gyllene^° drOmmen'M — 
 Han kedjas^^ genom^^ andras magtspiak'^ — Hvarje timme** 
 lekte^^ haa med doden. — Han gor ingen skillnad''. — Manga 
 gora delta. — Somliga skola^* ga upplore^^ och somliga ned- 
 
 1 cruel. 2 school boy. 3 Idsa, to read. 4 page. 5 plant. 6 trif- 
 vus, to grow. 7 kind, manner. 8 soil. 9 past. 10 golden. 
 11 dream. 12 is chained. 13 by. 14 word of command. 15 hour. 
 16 played. 17 dilierence. 18 skola, are, to. 19 rise, go up. 
 
fore=^«. — En 
 i verlden. — 
 godt lillfiille'-'". 
 
 36 
 
 an nan gang^M — Dara^^ man kommer sig iipp 
 
 23 
 
 Sadana ormar^^ skola icke hvasa-\ — tlvarje 
 Hvarjehaiida grums^' grumlade^* upp den 
 lekande^* backens^" vag^^ 
 
 20 down. 21 another time. 22 if only. 23 get up, 24 orm, snake, 
 serpent. 25 to hiss. 26 opportunity. 27 mud. 28 darken. 
 29 playing. 30 rivulet. 31 the wave. 
 
 44. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 I gave* hinn all. All men love* him. It is another boy'. 
 The others are coming ^ Another child. Eveiy body knows* 
 him. Every work^ is useful' if* one has* an object'" with*' 
 it. I do not say*^ it to everybody. Nobody is happy '^ 
 They have no child. Many a name is forgotten *^ I saw 
 many flowers '^ Is any one present*^? There are some 
 
 strangers 
 
 ,».^ 17 
 
 commg 
 
 18 
 
 That is something new 
 man. He comes himself. I do not believe^" 
 Some people beheve^' such fables ^^ 
 
 19 
 
 . The 
 such 
 
 same 
 things. 
 
 1 ja 
 
 or 
 
 jcg gaf. 2 aiska. 3 gosse (2"^ Deck). 4 konima. 5 kanner. 
 6 arbete n. 7 nytlig. 8 nar, cm. 9 har. 10 andamal n. 11 med. 
 12 jag sager. 13 lycklig. 14 glomma, foigata. 15 blomma. 
 16 narvarande. 17 fiammande. 18 komma. 19 ny. 20 jag tror. 
 21 tro. 22 fabel (3^^ Decl.). 
 
 45. 
 Numeral Adjectives. 
 1. Cardinal Numbers. 
 
 En (Neut. ett) .... 
 tva (tvejine, tu) 
 
 sre (trenne) 3 
 
 fyrn 
 
 fern 
 
 sex 
 
 tju 
 
 dtta 
 
 nio (tu'e) 
 
 1 
 
 tio (tie) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 10 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 4 
 
 elfva . 
 tolf . 
 tretton 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 . 12 
 13 
 
 5 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 fjorton 
 femton 
 sexton 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 14 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 8 
 9 
 
 sjutton 
 aderton , 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 . 17 
 
 18 
 
37 
 
 nitton 
 
 tjugu . 
 tjugnen 
 tjugu tvd 
 trettio 
 fyrtio 
 f emtio 
 sexlio 
 sjuttio 
 
 19 
 
 dttio 
 
 . 80 
 
 20 
 
 niltio .... 
 
 . 90 
 
 21 
 
 hundra .... 
 
 . 100 
 
 22 
 
 tvahundi : . 
 
 . 200 
 
 30 
 
 tusen .... 
 
 . 1000 
 
 40 
 
 tvd tusen . 
 
 . . 2000 
 
 50 
 
 tin tusen 
 
 . :m)00 
 
 GO 
 
 hundra tusr.i . . 
 
 Ii)>).000 
 
 70 
 
 en million . . . 
 
 1,000,000 
 
 Note. 1. The units between 20 to 100 are added as in 
 English, as: 24 tjugu fijra, 97, nittiosju. — In the hundreds 
 the smaller number is prelixed as in English: 300 trehun- 
 dra, 3000, tretusen. In the year 1826: dr ett tusen dtla 
 hundra tjugu sex. 
 
 2. The forms in e, as: nie, tie, are only used in com- 
 mon life. 
 
 3. Tvenne (tvdnne) is used instead of tvd if two people 
 or things belong together. 
 
 4. The old form tve, two, is only used in compounds 
 as: fvekamp, duel — tvekOnig, of two genders — tvetydig, 
 double meaning — also bdda, bdgge, both, from biigge tvd, 
 both of them. 
 
 46. 
 Examples. 
 
 Hit* med fyra nitnaglar'M — Om^ sju manader* dansar 
 jag'* icke mer. — Han bar varit* bar fem veckor' och tre 
 dagar. — Jag arbetar^ for tva. — Jag sag der tvenne brO- 
 der. — De voro trettiosju kaptener^ hundratio lojlnanter'^ 
 femhundra aderton sergeanter*', och tv§ tusen fyra hundra fem- 
 tioatta soldater. — Aret'"^ ett tusen atta hundra fyratio alia. 
 
 1 biilier. 2 rivet. 3 in. 4 month. 5 I dance. 
 7 week. 8 work. 9 captain. 10 lieutenant. 
 12 year. 
 
 6 has been. 
 11 sergeant. 
 
38 
 
 47. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 There were three hoys, four girls, nineteen men, 25 
 women \ 33 old men^ and 42 old women ^ The clock 
 strikes'* six. That makes^ 21 rixdollars^ London has 3 
 millions 8 hundred and 50 thousand inhabitants', Paris has 
 one miUion 850 thousand, Vienna 830 thousand 853, Berhn 
 960 thousand 693. 
 
 1 qvinna (l^t D.). 
 4 klockan slar. 
 (4ii» Dec!.). 
 
 2 gubbe (2"d Decl.). 3 gumma (l^^ Bed). 
 5 det ar. 6 riksdaler (4*'' Decl.). 7 invanare 
 
 48. 
 2. Ordinal Nambers. 
 
 dm fOrste, a, det ft 
 
 'rsta the P* 
 
 den adertonde . the 18*^ 
 
 - andre, a, det m 
 
 ndraihe 2°^ 
 
 - nittonde . . the 19*^ 
 
 - tredje . . . 
 
 . Ihe 3^*^ 
 
 - tjugonde . . the 20*^ 
 
 - fjerde . . 
 
 . the 4*^ 
 
 - tjugufemte . . the 25*^ 
 
 - femte . . . 
 
 . the 5*^ 
 
 - trettionde . . the 30*^ 
 
 - sjette . . 
 
 . the 6*^ 
 
 - fyrtionde . . the 40*^ 
 
 - sjunde . . . 
 
 . the 7*^ 
 
 - femtionde . . the 50*^ 
 
 - attonde 
 
 . the 8*^ 
 
 - sextionde . . the 60*^ 
 
 - nionde . . 
 
 . the 9*^ 
 
 - sjut tionde . . the 70*^ 
 
 - tionde . 
 
 . . the 10*^ 
 
 - dttionde . . the SO*'^ 
 
 - eJfte . . , 
 
 . the 11*^ 
 
 - nittionde . . the 90*^ 
 
 - tolfte . . 
 
 . . the 12*^ 
 
 - hundrade . . the 100*^ 
 
 - trettondc . 
 
 . . the 13*^ 
 
 - tvd hundrade . the 200*^ 
 
 - fjortonde . 
 
 . . theH*^ 
 
 - tusende . . . the 1000*^ 
 
 - femlonde . 
 
 . . the 15*^^ 
 
 - tio tuseiide. ihe 10000*^ 
 
 - sextonde . 
 
 . the 16*^ 
 
 - hmidra tusende 
 
 - sjuttonde . 
 
 . , the 17*^ 
 
 the 100,000'^ 
 
 49. 
 
 3. Collective, Proportional and Fractional Numbers. 
 
 for det fOrsta, lor the first enahandaA ^^ ^^^ j^j^^ 
 
 en slags, j 
 fSr m Ijcrde, lor Ihe 4'" tvahamiaA ^^j. ^^^ j.^,^^^ 
 ferst, lii-stly Ivaslags, J 
 
39 
 
 half, 
 
 en fjerdedel,] 
 en fjerding, J 
 tre fjerdedels, 
 en tredjedel, 
 en dttondedeJA 
 en at ling, J 
 halfannan, \ 
 halfannat, Neut.j 
 halflredje, 
 halffjerde, 
 en lidlft, 
 en halfva, 
 en halfde/,, 
 ett par, 
 ett tolft 
 ett dussi 
 
 in,] 
 
 half 
 
 a quarter 
 
 lliree ([uarters 
 a third 
 
 an eighth 
 
 one and a hall' 
 
 two and a hall' 
 three and a half 
 
 half 
 
 a pair 
 a dozen 
 
 en skock, three score (60 
 
 pieces) 
 en gang, once 
 tvd ganger, twice 
 tio ganger, ten times 
 end a. 
 
 da,] 
 enkel,] 
 dnbbel, 
 tvdfaldig, 
 Ivafallt, 
 treduppel, 
 trefaldig, 
 trefallt, . 
 mange, 
 ndgre, 
 alle, 
 
 single 
 
 double 
 
 twofold 
 
 threefold 
 
 many 
 some 
 all 
 
 ett tjog, 
 
 { 
 
 a score 
 20 pieces 
 
 allahanda, all sorts 
 fa, few 
 
 den siste, the last. 
 
 50. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Det forsta smultronet*. — Andra scenen* af skadespelet^ 
 — Tredje akten ar trakig^ — Arbete forst, noje^ sen^ — 
 Han er den Ivahundrade. — Den femtiofemte. — Han lefde' 
 an nil* tre Ijerdedels timma. — Klockan slar tre (jvarter till 
 tre. — Han fick^ halftredje riksdaler. — Hon koper'° tv§ 
 femtcdels pund**. — Ett diissin strumpor'l — Jag sag honom 
 fyra ganger. — Vi fingo*^ detla till halfs'^ — En eiida gad- 
 da*^ — Ett par stora lofruskor^'. — Sedan en hall'iimma'''. 
 
 1 strawberry. 2 sceno. 3 play. 4 tiresome. 5 amusement. 6 aft- 
 erwards. 7 live. 8 yet. 9 he received. 10 to buy. 11 pound. 
 12 stocking. 13 we received. 14 to half. 15 pike. 16 green 
 branch. 17 since half an hour. 
 
 51. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 The first day' of the week^ is called^ Mond;iy\ the 
 second Tuesday ^ the (hird Wednesday", the fourth Tluirs- 
 
 1 dag. 2 vecka. 3 heler. 4 mundag. 5 tisdag. 6 onsdag. 
 
40 
 
 day^, the firih Friday* the sixth Saturday* and the seventh 
 Sunday '°. It is the 24^^ of April. The ^2^'^. I remained 
 there'* 5 hours. The clock strikes a quarter past four. 
 That is a douhle sin'^ Four times 1 warned'^ him. 
 
 8 fredag. 9 lordag. 10 sondag. 11 jag qvarstannade. 
 
 7 (orsdag. 
 
 12 synd f. 13 varnat. 
 
 PraftlcCe 
 
 ]tar Ni 
 
 tva 
 
 Den f'Orsta gangen. 
 Den sistn gangen. 
 Hum mniiga ganger? 
 Tre ganger. 
 Flera ganger. 
 Hum manga ganger 
 
 varit pn teat em? 
 Jag har varit der bar a 
 
 ganger. 
 Hvad har Ni gjort? 
 Jag har icke gjort nagot. 
 Ar Ni sjuk? 
 Jag dr dct icke. 
 For star Ni mig? 
 Jag fOrstdr eder. 
 liar M forstatt niannen? 
 Jag har fOrstdtl honoiv. 
 Jag Mr eder, men jag forsldr 
 
 eder icke. 
 Klockan nio pa morgonen. 
 Klockan eJfva pa ajtonen. 
 Hum Idnge? 
 En dag. 
 En timme. 
 En minut. 
 Eit Ogonblick. 
 
 The first time. 
 
 The last time. 
 
 How many times? 
 
 Three times. 
 
 Several times 
 
 How often have you been in 
 
 the theatre? 
 1 was only there twice. 
 
 What have you done? 
 I have done nothing. 
 Are you ill? 
 JN'o 1 am not. 
 Do you understand me? 
 1 understand you. 
 Did you understand the man? 
 I have undei'stood him. 
 I hear you but I do not under- 
 stand you. 
 At 9 o'clock in the morning. 
 At 11 o'clock at night. 
 How long? 
 A day. 
 An hour. 
 A minute. 
 An instant. 
 
Reading Lessons with Interlinear Translation; 
 
 1. 
 
 The Vowels. 
 
 A. — E 
 
 En vacker stad. Vatlnet var kallt. Elden brann 
 A hcanlirul town. The water was cold. The Gi'e burned 
 
 heJa dagen. Han har crsatt henne del. Hen' A 
 (he whole day. He has compensated her for Ihal. Mr. A 
 
 var en erfaren man. Var Jian ensam? Alt benianna. Det 
 was an experienced man. Was he alone? To man. The 
 
 rena valtnet, Han gaf dem ett bredt band. De sade 
 pure water. He gave them a broad band. Tliey said 
 
 att de hade sett banken. Har han mat? Eft matt sken. 
 that ihey had seen the bank. Has he food? A i'aint light. 
 
 Var han staik? Det var en sed. Han har sett plaisen. 
 Was he strong? It was a custom. He has seen the place. 
 
 Att efterspana en. En egenskap. Dagen var klar. Han 
 To search for one. A qu.ilily. The day was clear. He 
 
 var (adder. Hcnnes fader var hem ma. Daggen fa Her. 
 was godfather. Her father was at home. The dew falls. 
 
 2. 
 I. <►. c. 
 
 De gripa honom. Gif mig en griffel. Han tog 
 
 They seize him. (iivc me a slale-[)encil. He caii^^ht 
 
 ire fiskar. De kommo hopfaJs. Kan han hoppa? En 
 three lishes. They came iu heaps. Can lie jump? A 
 
42 
 
 from man. Att holia mat. De inviga platsen. Det hade 
 pious man. To cook food. They consecrate the place. It had 
 
 varit ohelsosamt att ho der. Tag min hok. Hon tog den 
 been unwholesome to Uve there. Take my book. She took it 
 
 hort. Mitt kort var icke der. Han har vackra rosor. Den- 
 away. My card was not there. He has beautiful roses. This 
 
 na socken har hlott en prest. En son. Konungen var 
 parish has only one clergyman. A son. The king was 
 
 med honom. Han var i denna orden. Att tala ett ord. 
 vviih him. He was in this order. To speak a word. 
 
 Bordet var af marmor. Till Herrans lof. Den vackraste 
 The table was of marble. To the Lord's praise. The most beautiful 
 
 blomman. En blomstrande stad. Ett kort tal. Molnet 
 flower. A flourishing town. A short speech. The cloud 
 
 utbreder sig. Min moster var med henne. En tung stil. 
 spreads. My aunt was with her. A heavy style. 
 
 En stor mur, Har du murhruk? Hennes morbror kom in i 
 A great wall. Have you mortar? Her uncle came into 
 
 rummet. 
 the room. 
 
 3. 
 
 Y. A. A. 6. 
 
 En dygdig qvinna. Rddet dr godt. On ar 
 
 A virtuous woman. The advice is good. The island is 
 
 mycket stor. Att akalla var Herres bistdnd. Delta hus dr 
 very great. To implore our Lord's assistance. This bouse is 
 
 hdgre dn det der. Manen lyste Mart i Mundags. 
 bigher than that. The moon shone brightly last Monday. 
 
 Hon at fyra oslron. Att a tjnfvar blefvo tagna. Hon sdlde 
 She ate foui" oysters. Eigbt thieves were taken. She sold 
 
 hasten. De kommo fdrr dn du. Askan slog ned i 
 
 the horse. They came before you. Th(! tbunder struck the 
 
 trddet. HOet dr icke torn dnnu. Mdrkret tilUog. Det 
 tree. The hay is not dry yet. Tbe darkness increased. It 
 
 var Gilds ord. Den nya baten dr fdrdig. Ldset dr nytt. 
 was God's word. Tbe new boot is ready. The lock is new. 
 
43 
 
 4. 
 
 The Consonants. 
 
 B. C. II. F. 
 
 En Christen bdr hatidia enliyt sin store Mustares 
 A Christian ought to act accor(Hng to his great Master's 
 
 Idr^a. Chefen dr icke med oss. Barnet hade shofler. 
 
 docti'ine. The cliief is not with us. The child had the kin^'^'sevil. 
 
 Bdfven tog bort min dufva och dOdade henne. De voro 
 The fox took away my dove and killed it. They were 
 
 mycket torfticjt klddda. Carl var mycket djerf. Det dr sd 
 very poorly dressed. Charles was very bold. It is so 
 
 landtligt hdr. Choret dr hredt. Denna charad dr rdtt 
 rural here. The choir is broad. This charade is really 
 
 rolig. Hdlan var femtio alnar djup. Hon dkte i en 
 amusing. The cave was filly ells deep. She rode in a 
 
 chds med en hdst. Gif honom hrefvliskan. 
 chaise with one horse. Give him the letter-bag. 
 
 5. 
 
 G. II. .1 li. 
 
 E71 gnista foil pa golf vet. Flickan hade en stor lirage. 
 A spark fell on the floor. The girl had a large collar. 
 
 Vetta kott dr ganska segt. Karlen har icke skjutit en enda 
 This meat is very tough. The man has not shot a single 
 
 fogel. Herr G. dr fOdd i Norge, men dr nn bosatt i 
 bird. Mr. G. was born in Norway, but is now established in 
 
 Sverige. Jag kan icke gilla hvad han sade. Konungen 
 Sweden. 1 can not approve of what he said. The king 
 
 gynnade denna religion. De bestego berget. Jag skot 
 
 favoured this religion. They ascended the mountain. I shot 
 
 vargen. Det var en hel legion. Eit verkligt geni. En 
 the wolf. There was a whole legion. A real genius. A 
 
 page kom emot mig. Ar delta hiifvud gjutet? Hvem har 
 page came towards me. Is this bead cast? Who bas 
 
44 
 
 gjort det? Menniskan dr dddlig. Kaptcn H. bar segJat omkring 
 done it? Man is mortril. Captain H. has sailed roijnd 
 
 Jordan. Fdrgen dr skarlakansrOd. En vacker guldkedja. 
 
 the world. The colour is scarlet. A beautiful gold chain 
 
 Kan dii k6ra? Flickans kjortel var for Idng. Hjorten 
 Can you drive? The girl's petticoat was too long. The stag 
 
 stannade fOr alt hvila. Hon var ute i kylan. Den him- 
 stopped to rest. She was out in the cold. The heav- 
 
 melska syn som han sag. 
 enly vision which he saw. 
 
 6. 
 
 L. M. X. P. Q. 
 
 Karlen var lam. Jag sag ett litet lam vara qvarnen. 
 The man was lame. I saw a litlle lamb near ihe null. 
 
 Efier det regnar skola vi fara hem i en vagn. Han dr 
 As it rains we shall drive home in a carriage. He is 
 
 en man som har sett verlden. Damerna sade, att det 
 a man who has seen the world. The ladies said that there 
 
 var for mycket dam. Del Ijufva Ijudet af hennes rOst. Vi'nden 
 was too much dust. The sweet sound of her voice. The wind 
 
 rasslade i qvistarne och afbrOt lugnet. Vattnet var 
 sounded in the branches and interrupted the calm. The water was 
 
 ndstan Ijumt. Kaplen P. hade ett tamt lejon med stg. 
 almost lukewarm. Captain P. had a tame Hon with him. 
 
 7. 
 
 R. S. T. V. X. Z. 
 
 Han dr en god skytt. Nn, da stjernorna skina. 
 He is a good shot. Now, while Ihe stars are shining. 
 
 Vi voro der till den sjunde dagen. Mannen har tjenat mig 
 We were there till the seventh day. The man has served me 
 
 i tjugu dr. Dessa dro bans initial bokstdfver. Hum manga 
 twenty years. These are his initial letters. How many 
 
 aktier har du? De fingo blott en yortion hvar. Vdgen 
 shares have you? They got only one plate each. The road 
 
45 
 
 gicJc i zigzack. lion har tagit manga lektioner i mv^ik 
 went in zigza<,^ She has taken many lessons in nuisic. 
 
 Konniig Oscar besteg thronen. 
 King Oscar ascended the throne. 
 
 8. 
 
 The Accent and length of the Vowel. 
 
 De hade inga medel att fdrse sig med kUider. 
 They had no means of sui)|)lying tliemselves with ck)ilies. 
 
 Hnn skulk hestdmma om han ville antaga denna proposition. 
 He should decide if he would accept this proposilioii. 
 
 Modren har agat silt ham. Den unga damen hade en 
 The mother has punished her child. The youi)<,^ lady had an 
 
 agat pa fingret. K. skickade ett fOrhnd. Hans svdger 
 agale on her finger. K. sent a prohihilion. His hrother-in-law 
 
 ville icke forhinda sig att betala rdkningen. Jnom en kort 
 would not engage to pay the accouiil. \Viliiii» a short 
 
 tid hade han fOrlorat hela sin egendom genom kortspel. Delta 
 time he had lost all his property at cards. This 
 
 dr ett fOrhud till ndgot ondt. Han bldste trumpet mycket 
 is a haihinger of evil. He blew the trumpet very 
 
 vdl. Det der fruntimret var sd trumpet. De hade en ther- 
 well. That lady was so sullen. They had a ther- 
 
 mometer i formaket. Jag var pd speklaklet i gar, 
 
 mometer in the drawing-room. 1 was at the theatre yesterday, 
 
 det var Mile. Linds recett. Fru B's broder har gait igenom 
 it was iMiss Liiid's benefit. Mrs. B's brother has £fone Ihrou^h 
 
 en fulUtdndig akademisk kurs. E. kopte en tomt fOr all 
 a complete academical course. E. bought (a) ground to 
 
 ^1199^ ^^^ tealer. Pd resan till Rom. De drncko bara 
 build a theatre. On the journey to Home. They drank only 
 
 rom. TIan tog ett tag med sig i bdten. Bar du ndgon 
 rum. He took a rope with him in the boat. Have you any 
 
 bot fOr tandverk? Kapten A. har varit vid hofvet. 
 
 cure for toothache? Captain A. has been at court. 
 
 Hdstens hof var skadad. Han bara Inlsade att lolsa 
 The horse's hoof was injured. He only pretended to pilot 
 
46 
 
 fartyget. Han hade sa ddliga don. Delta bidckhorn cir 
 the vessel. He had such had tools. This inkstand is 
 
 gjordt xitaf bleck. Hans verk dro utgifna i sex volunier. 
 made of tin. His works are puhlished in six volumes. 
 
 Han lade en art pa kortet. Han hade fOr mycket vett, alt 
 He laid a pea on the card. He had too much sense, to 
 
 Idsa erl href. Denna leva dr fOr torr. Knifven liar (en) 
 read your letter. This clay is too dry. The knife has a 
 
 ddlig egg. De dlo dgg till frukost. Denna Idra dr falsk. 
 bad edge. They ate eggs for breakfast. This doctrine is false. 
 
 Del var ell lomt glas pa bordel. Skicka ell fOrhud. [vance. 
 There was an empty glass on the table. Send a messenger in ad- 
 
 9. 
 
 The Nouns. 
 
 En vacker hdst. Ell slorl land. En ny hok. Tva bida 
 A fine horse. A great country. A new book. Two blue 
 
 dgon. En liten bokstaf. Den hOga boken. En talrik arme. 
 eyes. A httle letter. The high beech. A numerous army. 
 
 En hvit land. En gang i veckan. Del flitiga biet. Go da 
 A white tooth. Once a week. The industrious bee. Good 
 
 oslron. Den bdsta sangaren. Ell nadigt svar. En ung 
 oysters. The best singer. A gracious answer. A young 
 
 baron. Ett elakl sinne. En gammal ide. Den Idnga natlen. 
 baron. A bad mind. An old idea. The long night. 
 
 Mycken vdrme. Den stora sWfveln. En droppe. En skOn 
 ^Iuch warmth. The large boot. One drop. A beautiful 
 
 bra. Den goda sonens beloning. Den Idrda mannens rdd. 
 bridge. The good son's reward. The learned man's advice. 
 
 En liten kammare. Trdnga gator. Fern tiinga svdrd. Den 
 A little chamber. Narrow streets. Five heavy swords. The 
 
 fOrsta sladen. Det tjugu-femle kapillet. Sma barn. Grofl 
 first town. The twenty tilth chapter. Little children. Coarse 
 
 kJdde. Manga rum. En hand. En Irogen Ijenare. Tvd 
 cloth. Many rooms. One hand. One faithl'ul servant. Two 
 
 yngre barn. Blida folterna. Den 15^® Jannari. Flickans 
 younger children. Both feet. The 15*^ of January. The girl's 
 
47 
 
 Sde, Ell vackert regimente. En Idrorik fahel. Eft slort 
 fate. A line regiment. An instructive fable. A large 
 
 bageri. Elt silfver-spdune. En sk&n rdsi. Den taliga 
 bake-house. A silver buckle. A beautiful voice. The patient 
 
 Idraren. Del hOga her get. Elt leende ansigte. Elt stort bo. 
 teacher. The high niount.iin. A smiling face. A large nest. 
 
 Elt tnngt hufvud. Fyra silfver-bdgnre. Den graa gdsen. 
 A heavy head. Four silver goblets. The gray goose. 
 
 Ett litel fdngelse. Den breda randen. 
 A little prison. The broad stripe. 
 
 10. 
 
 The Pronouns. 
 
 IJan har min nya bok. Vi voro i deras trad gar d. Gossen 
 He has my new book. We were in their ganlen. The boy 
 
 tog sin hatt. Har du varit der? Var hon inne sjelf? 
 took his hat. Have you been there? Was she in herself? 
 
 Hundarne belo hvarandra. De bemddade sig. Delta hns 
 The dogs bit each other. They exerted themselves. This house 
 
 dr sldrre dn det der. Har soldaten skadal sig? De der 
 is larger than that. Has the soldier hurt himself? Those 
 
 b6ckerna dro mera intressanla dn dessa. Din kammare dr 
 books are more interesting than these. Your chamber is 
 
 mindre dn min. Johan har fOrloral sina handskar. Har 
 smaller than mine. John has lost his gloves. Has 
 
 Hr. N. sina egna hdslar? Carl hade tagit hans papper. 
 Mr. N. his own horses? Charles had taken his paper. 
 
 HvUkens vagn dr denna? Endera masle ga. Hvad har 
 
 Whose carriage is this? One of the two must go. What has 
 
 han der? Hvem sag du? Hvilka dro de vackraste? 
 he there? ^Yhom did you see? Which are the most beautiful? 
 
 Hvilken skOn ntsigt! Man far icke vdnta fOr myckel 
 
 What a beautiful prospect! One must not expect too much 
 
 af barn. Hvilken skOnhet hon dr! Har du nagon bok 
 from children. What a beauty she is I Have you any book 
 
 att lana mig? Det kommer en alt skralta. Man maste fOrsvara 
 to lend me? It makes one laugh. One must defend 
 
48 
 
 sig. Sag du nagot? Jag gar till honom hvarje dag. 
 
 oneself. Did you see any thing? 1 go to him every day. 
 
 Evilkendera vill du taga? Har hon en annan penna? De 
 Which will you take? Has she another pen? They 
 
 hafva andra planer. Flickan tog sina pengar. 
 have other plans. The girl took her money. 
 
 11. 
 
 The Verbs. 
 
 Vi hafva varit der. Kaptenen har kallat oss. Hr. B. 
 We have been there. The captain has called us. Mr. B. 
 
 hade hedrat mig. Shall karlen vdnta? Hvar sitter din 
 had honoured me. Shall the man wail? Where does your 
 
 bror? Alskas konungen af sitt foUi? Hennes mor lefde 
 brother sit? Is the king loved by his people? Her mother lived 
 
 da. Gossen teg. Jag lade knifven pa bordet. Den 
 
 then. The boy was silent. I laid the knife on the tahle. It 
 
 ligger der dnnu. De gingo till staden. Det sades i min 
 lies there still. They went to town. It was said in njy 
 
 ndrvaro. Han har gjort denna 'am bra. Han dOr af svdlt. 
 presence. He has made this frame well. He dies of starvation. 
 
 Tiden nalkas. Hvar vistas din svager? 
 
 The lime approaches. Where does your brother-in-law live? 
 
 Vi hdrde Mile. Lind sjunga. Fienden har flytt. Hans syster 
 We heard Miss Lind sing The enemy has lied. His sister 
 
 spelar bra. Bctjenten leder hasten. Hon hade bjudit mig. 
 plays well. The servant leads the horse. She had invited me. 
 
 De bo pa Ny-gatan. Han kOper jern. Flickan blyges. 
 They live in New street. He buys iron. The girl is ashamed. 
 
 De Idsa Tyska. Generalen sdger att det skedde igar. 
 They read German. The general says that it was done yesterday. 
 
 Hnnden star derute. Att gala. Vi skola fara till London. 
 The dog stands out there. To crow. W^e shall travel to London. 
 
 Asnan drag kdrran. Har du funnit boken? Dufvan flyger 
 The ass drew the cart. Have you found the book? The pigeon flies 
 
 Ofver taket. Trcidet vitxer, 'fjufven har stulit en rock. 
 over the roof. The tree grows The thief has stolen a coat. 
 
49 
 
 SvaJien samm (ifver sjOti. Han tvingar mig att taJa. Hc'iaten 
 Theswan swam over the lake. He obliges me to speak. The horse 
 
 hiter honom. Officeren hefaller. Han fruktas. Ljuset 
 bites him. The officer commands. He is feared. The candle 
 
 brinner. Kusken sldr hdstarne. Del fryser i dag. Det 
 burns. The coachman heals the horses. It freezes to day. It 
 
 later sa vackert. Muren faller. Far ly get sjunker. 
 sounds so beautifully. The wall falls. The vessel sinks. 
 
 12. 
 
 The Particles. 
 
 Er. B. var hemma. De voro tune ndr jag kom dit. 
 Mr. B. was at home. They were in when I came there. 
 Hvar har dn varit? Han gar gerna hem. Hennes syster 
 Where have you been? He goes home willingly. Her sister 
 
 red mycket Idngsamt. Jakob stiger tidigt npp. Del dr vdl 
 rode very slowly. James rises early. It is well 
 
 gjordt. lion kan ej (icke) komma. Jag har varit har Idnge. 
 done. She can not ^.ome. I have been here long. 
 
 Taflan dr mdlad af Professor S. Vi gingo genoni tre 
 The picture is painted by Professor S. We went through three 
 
 rum. Slatyn stod emellan tvd pelare. Du kdrde fOr 
 rooms. The statue stood between two pillars. You drove too 
 
 fort utfOr backen. Skola vi gd nppfOr delta berg? 
 quickly down the hill. Shall we walk up this mountain? 
 
 Detla kldde kdptes hos Hr. B. Hum dags skall du 
 This cloth was bought at Mr. B's. At what time shall you 
 
 fara? Han har boll dels hos mig, och dels hos niin bror. 
 start? He has lived partly with me, and partly at my brother's. 
 
 Lammet kom (iter till oss. Om Robert kommer, skicka honom 
 The lamb came again to us. If Robert comes, send him 
 
 till mig. Hvarken han eller jag kan vara der. Ndr kan 
 to me. Neither he nor I can be there. When can 
 
 delta vara fdrdigt? Det var icke min halt, ulan din, som 
 this be ready? It was not my hat, but yours that 
 
 han tog. Vi sago skeppet som del seglade fdrbi. Han har 
 he took. W'e saw the ship as it sailed past. He has 
 
 Leastrom's Swedish Grammar. • 4 
 
50 
 
 gdmt hundratals dnkater. Dessa hufvuden dro ilia gjorda. 
 concealed luindreds of ducats. These heads are badly done. 
 
 Ean salt hakom oss. Kom han da du ropade? Fienden 
 She sat behind us. Did he come when you called? The enemy 
 
 kom emot oss. Denne man har ock varit der. Han helsade 
 came against us. This man has also been there. He called 
 
 pa oss da och del. Fiickan ritar temligen bra. Regementet 
 upon us now and then. The girl draws toleral)ly well. The regiment 
 
 marcher ade framnt. Kom Ijudet utifrdn eller inifrdn? 
 marched forward. Did the sound come from without or within? 
 
Collection of Words. 
 
 
 
 1. 
 
 
 
 The 
 
 IniTorse. 
 
 
 Gnd, ni.. 
 
 God 
 
 Iidia, f., 
 
 heat 
 
 skapare, m., 
 
 creator 
 
 vdruia, f., 
 
 wariiilli 
 
 vdsende, n., 
 
 being 
 
 kOld, m., 
 
 cold 
 
 shapelse, m., 
 
 creation 
 
 flamma, f., 
 
 flame 
 
 verld, r., 
 
 world 
 
 bh'xt, m., 
 
 lightning 
 
 nahii% r., 
 
 nature 
 
 a ska, 1"., 
 
 thunder 
 
 element, n., 
 
 element 
 
 s^orm, m., 
 
 storm 
 
 Zm/"/, m., 
 
 air 
 
 regn, n., 
 
 rain 
 
 e?(/, m., 
 
 lire 
 
 s?j()', n., 
 
 snow 
 
 jord, f., 
 
 earth 
 
 /?a//e/, n., 
 
 hail 
 
 vatten, n., 
 
 water 
 
 tdcken, n., 
 
 fog 
 
 himmel, m., 
 
 sky 
 
 /ros^ m., 
 
 frost 
 
 stjerna, f., 
 
 star 
 
 is, m., 
 
 ice 
 
 planet, m., 
 
 planet 
 
 /Zorf, m., 
 
 river 
 
 so/, f., 
 
 sun 
 
 Aa/", n.,1 
 
 sea 
 
 wane, ni., 
 
 moon 
 
 sji>, m.,j 
 
 
 m.n^ken, n., 
 
 moonshine 
 
 sirtf/?*,! 
 
 stream 
 
 nymdne, ni., 
 
 new moon 
 
 «» 1 
 
 
 /jMS, n., 
 
 hght 
 
 wmrf, m.. 
 
 wind 
 
 marker, n., 
 
 darkness 
 
 6', f., 
 
 island 
 
 mo/w, n., 
 
 cloud 
 
 land, u., 
 
 IaQ(i 
 
 regnhdge, m. 
 
 , rainbow 
 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 
 
 Time 
 
 auil Seasous. 
 
 
 Tid, ni., 
 
 time 
 
 vdr, t'., 
 
 spring 
 
 (irs/id, m., 
 
 season 
 
 sommar, m., >uinmer 
 
62 
 
 hdst, m., 
 vinler, m., 
 ar, n., 
 mdnad, m., 
 vecka, f., 
 dag, m., 
 timme, m., 
 qva?^ m., 
 
 minut, m., 
 
 aiitumn 
 
 winter 
 
 year 
 
 month 
 
 week 
 
 day 
 
 hour 
 
 quarter of an 
 hour 
 
 minute 
 
 morgan, PI. mornar, morning 
 fOrmiddag, m., forenoon 
 
 noon 
 , afternoon 
 
 evening 
 
 night 
 
 midnight 
 the weekdays 
 Sunday 
 Monday 
 
 middag, m., 
 eftermiddag, m. 
 afton, m., 1 
 PI. aftnar,] 
 natt, m., f 
 PI. natter,] 
 midnatt, m., 
 veckodagarne, 
 sOndag, m., 
 mdndag, m., 
 
 tisdag, m., 
 
 onsdag, m., 
 
 thorsdag, m., 
 
 fredag, m., 
 
 Kfrdag, m., 
 
 Manaderne, 
 
 Januari, 
 
 Fehruari, 
 
 Mars, 
 
 April, 
 
 Maj, 
 
 Juni, 
 
 Juli, 
 
 Angusti, 
 
 September, 
 
 October, 
 
 November, 
 
 December, 
 
 nydrsdag, m., 
 
 pas/r, f., 
 
 pingst, f., 
 
 jm/, m., 
 
 Tuesday 
 
 Wednesday 
 
 Thursday 
 
 Friday 
 
 Saturday 
 
 the months 
 
 January 
 
 February 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 July 
 
 August 
 
 September 
 
 October 
 
 November 
 
 December 
 
 New Year's Day 
 
 Easter 
 
 Whitsuntide 
 
 Christmas. 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 
 
 Animals. 
 
 
 ett lejon. 
 
 a lion 
 
 en katt. 
 
 a cat (f.) 
 
 en lejoninna. 
 
 a lioness 
 
 en lit en rdlta, 
 
 a mouse 
 
 en tiger, 
 
 a tiger 
 
 mdssen, 
 
 the mice 
 
 en bjOrn, 
 
 a bear 
 
 en oxe, 
 
 an ox 
 
 en varg. 
 
 a wolf 
 
 en ko. 
 
 a cow 
 
 en raf. 
 
 a fox 
 
 korna. 
 
 the cows 
 
 en apa. 
 
 a monkey 
 
 en kalf. 
 
 a calf 
 
 en elephant, 
 
 an elephant 
 
 ett far, 
 
 a sheep 
 
 en hast. 
 
 a horse 
 
 ett lam, 
 
 a lamb 
 
 en dsna. 
 
 a donkey 
 
 en get, 1 
 PI. getter,] 
 
 a goat 
 
 en hjort. 
 
 a stag 
 
 en hare, 
 
 a hare 
 
 ett svin,] 
 en gris, J 
 
 a pig 
 
 en kanin. 
 
 a rabbit 
 
 en hund. 
 
 a dog 
 
 
 
53 
 
 Fdglar, 
 
 fdgebi, 
 
 Omen, 
 
 hOken, 
 
 svauen, 
 
 storken, 
 
 korpen, 
 
 krakan, 
 
 gOken, 
 
 dnfvati, 
 
 tuppen, 
 
 ho nan, 
 
 kycklingarna, 
 
 gdsen, 
 
 ankan, 
 
 ankorna, 
 
 sndppan, 
 
 Idrkan, 
 
 ndktergalen, 
 
 svalati, 
 
 sparfven, 
 
 insekter, 
 
 en orm, 
 
 en groda, 
 
 Birds, Insects 
 
 birds 
 the bird 
 the eagle 
 the hawk 
 the swan 
 the stork 
 the raven 
 the crow 
 the cuckoo 
 the pigeon 
 the cock 
 the hen 
 the chickens 
 the goose 
 the duck 
 the ducks 
 the sni[)e 
 the lark 
 the nightingale 
 the swallow 
 the sparrow 
 insects 
 a snake 
 a frog 
 
 and Fishes. 
 
 671 mask, 
 en spin del, 
 en fluga, 
 en fjdril, 
 ett hi, 
 en geting, 
 ett imjgg, \ 
 en mygga, J 
 fiskar, 
 en fisk, 
 en hvalfisk, 
 en lax, 
 en sill, 
 
 en skdldpadda, 
 en hummer, 
 en krabha, 
 en ostra, 1 
 PI. ostron,] 
 en (jddda, 
 en karp, 
 en al, 
 en fiskare, 
 ett ndt. 
 
 a worm 
 
 a spider 
 
 a flv 
 
 a butteitly 
 
 a bee 
 
 a wasp 
 
 a gnat 
 
 fishes 
 
 a fish 
 
 a whale 
 
 a salmon 
 
 a herring 
 
 a turtle 
 
 a lobster 
 
 a crab 
 
 an oyster 
 
 a pike 
 a carp 
 an eel 
 a fisherman 
 a net. 
 
 en planta, 
 ett trad, 
 en qvist, 
 ett blad, 
 frukten, 
 en ek, 
 en bok, 
 en poppcl, 
 en hjOrk, 
 en gran, 
 murgrOn, 
 
 Plants^ 
 
 a plant 
 a tree 
 a branch 
 a leaf 
 the fruit 
 an oak 
 a beech 
 a poplar 
 a l3irch 
 a fir 
 ivy 
 
 5. 
 Fruit and Flowers. 
 
 ett dppeJtrdd, 
 
 an apple-tree 
 
 ett pdrontrdd. 
 
 a pear-tree 
 
 ett dpple. 
 
 an apple 
 
 ett pdron, 
 
 a pear 
 
 ett plommon, 
 
 a plum 
 
 en aprikos. 
 
 an apricot 
 
 ett fikon. 
 
 a fig 
 
 en vindrufva, 
 
 a grape 
 
 ett kOrsbdr, 
 
 a cherry 
 
 ett smultron, 
 
 a strawberry 
 
 clt vinbdr. 
 
 a currant 
 
54 
 
 ett krushdr, 
 
 a gooseberry 
 
 sahten. 
 
 the salad 
 
 en citron, 
 
 a lemon 
 
 potates. 
 
 potatoes 
 
 en appelsin, 
 
 ail orange 
 
 blomster, 
 
 flowers 
 
 en ndt. 
 
 a nut 
 
 ett blomster, (en 
 
 
 en kastanje, 
 
 a chesniU 
 
 blomma) 
 
 a flowci 
 
 en melon, 
 
 a melon 
 
 en ros, 
 
 a rose 
 
 blomman, 
 
 the blossom 
 
 en neglika, 
 
 a pink 
 
 spenaten. 
 
 the spinach 
 
 en tulpan. 
 
 a tuhp 
 
 kalen, 
 
 the cabbage 
 
 en lilja. 
 
 a hly 
 
 blomkal. 
 
 cauliflower 
 
 en violblomma, 
 
 a violet 
 
 sparrisen. 
 
 the asparagus 
 
 fOrgdtmigej, 
 
 furget-m( 
 
 6. 
 The Human Rody. 
 
 en menniska, 
 
 , man 
 
 axel, 
 
 shoulder 
 
 lifvet. 
 
 the life 
 
 rijggen, 
 
 the back 
 
 (loden, 
 
 the death 
 
 armen. 
 
 the arm 
 
 kroppen, 
 
 the body 
 
 knylnafven, 
 
 the list 
 
 benen, 
 
 the bones 
 
 handen, 
 
 the hand 
 
 hufvudet, 
 
 the head 
 
 hdnderne, 
 
 the hands 
 
 haret. 
 
 the hair 
 
 ett fingor 
 
 a finger 
 
 ansigtet, 
 
 the face 
 
 tummen, 
 
 the thumb 
 
 ett Oga, 
 
 an eye 
 
 nagel, 
 
 nail 
 
 Ogonen, 
 
 the eyes 
 
 brostet, 
 
 the chest 
 
 Ogonlocken, 
 
 the eyelids 
 
 kniiet, 
 
 the knee 
 
 Ogonbryn, 
 
 the eyebrows 
 
 benet. 
 
 the leg 
 
 ett ova, 
 
 an ear 
 
 foten, 
 
 the foot 
 
 kronen, 
 
 the ears 
 
 fCtterna, 
 
 the feet 
 
 hakan, 
 
 the chin 
 
 hjertat. 
 
 the heart 
 
 ndsan. 
 
 the nose 
 
 lungan. 
 
 the lung 
 
 Idppen, 
 
 the lip 
 
 magen, 
 
 the stomach 
 
 munnen. 
 
 the mouth 
 
 skratten. 
 
 the laughing 
 
 tanden, 
 
 the tooth 
 
 graten, 
 
 the crying 
 
 tdnder. 
 
 teeth 
 
 en suck. 
 
 a sigh 
 
 tungan, 
 
 the tongue 
 
 nysningen. 
 
 the sneezing. 
 
 halsen. 
 
 the neck 
 
 
 
5f 
 
 
 7. 
 
 Relations. 
 
 
 FnmiJjen, 
 
 the family 
 
 en son, 
 
 a son 
 
 fOrdldrarne, 
 
 the parents 
 
 en doiter, 
 
 a dau^diter 
 
 en far, 
 
 a father 
 
 sdnerne, 
 
 the sons 
 
 en mor. 
 
 a molher 
 
 doltrariia. 
 
 the daughters 
 
 mddrarna, 
 
 the mothers 
 
 en bror, 
 
 a brother 
 
 farfar. 
 
 father's lather, 
 
 brdderne. 
 
 the brolhers 
 
 
 grandfather 
 
 en syster 
 
 a sister 
 
 morfar, 
 
 mollier's father, 
 
 svager, 
 
 brother-in-law 
 
 
 grandfather 
 
 svdgerska, 
 
 sister-in-law 
 
 [armor. 
 
 father's mollier. 
 
 onkel, 
 
 uncle 
 
 
 grandmother 
 
 kusin. 
 
 cousin 
 
 mormor, 
 
 mother's molher, 
 
 faster, 
 
 aunt 
 
 
 grandmotlier 
 
 brOllopet, 
 
 the wedding 
 
 svdrfar 
 
 father-in-law 
 
 giftermalet, 
 
 the marriage 
 
 svdrmor, 
 
 mother-in-law 
 
 enkling. 
 
 widower 
 
 mag, 
 
 son-in-law 
 
 enka. 
 
 widow 
 
 sonhustru. 
 
 daughter-in-law 
 
 gosse. 
 
 boy 
 
 ett barn. 
 
 a child 
 
 flicka. 
 
 girl. 
 
 
 The 
 
 8. 
 To>vii. 
 
 
 Staden, 
 
 the town 
 
 torget. 
 
 the niiirket 
 
 stdderne, 
 
 the cities, towns 
 
 gatan^ 
 
 the street 
 
 hufvudstaden, the capital 
 
 gran den. 
 
 the lane 
 
 byggningar, 
 
 houses 
 
 en gdrd, 
 
 a yard 
 
 slottet. 
 
 the palace 
 
 bOrsen, 
 
 the exchange 
 
 ki/rkan. 
 
 the church 
 
 tuUhuset, 
 
 the custom- 
 
 kyrkogdrden 
 
 , the church-yard 
 
 
 house 
 
 klockan, 
 
 the clock 
 
 spisqvartejy 
 
 't the dining- 
 
 stadsporten, 
 
 the gates 
 
 
 room 
 
 bryggan. 
 
 the bridge 
 
 krogen, 
 
 the public 
 
 fOrstdderne, 
 
 the suburhs 
 
 
 house 
 
 huset, 
 
 the house 
 
 en by, 
 
 a village 
 
 ett klosler, 
 
 a monastery 
 
 lyklan, 
 
 the lantern 
 
 bibliolheket, 
 
 the library 
 
 en springhrmui, a fountain 
 
 radhiiset, 
 
 the townhouse 
 
 boningsliiiS(^t, the house, the 
 
 hospitaJet, 
 
 the hospital 
 
 
 dwelling 
 
 fattighuset, 
 
 the poor-houses 
 
 taket. 
 
 the roof 
 
 fdngelset. 
 
 the prison 
 
 fOnstret, 
 
 the window 
 
56 
 
 porten, 1 
 ddrren,] 
 
 the door 
 
 salen, 
 
 the drawing 
 room 
 
 kdket, 
 
 the kitchen 
 
 mat salen, 
 
 the dining 
 
 trappan, 
 rummet, 
 
 the steps, stairs 
 the room 
 
 room 
 sofkammaren, the bedroom 
 
 
 9. 
 House Furniture. 
 
 
 Husgerdd, 
 
 scingen, 
 
 handduken, 
 
 furniture 
 the hed 
 the towel 
 
 lampan, 
 tallriken, 
 en knif, 
 
 the lamp 
 the plate 
 a knife 
 
 madrassen, 
 
 the mattress 
 
 en gaffel, 
 
 a fork 
 
 draglddan, 
 stolen. 
 
 the chest otdrawers 
 the chair 
 
 en sked, 
 bordsduken 
 
 a spoon 
 , the table-cloth 
 
 hordet, 
 
 the table 
 
 saltkar. 
 
 a salt-cellar 
 
 soffan, 
 spegeln, 
 mdlningen^ 
 Ijusstaken, 
 
 the sofa 
 
 the looking-glass 
 the picture 
 the candlestick 
 
 glaset, 
 
 flaskan, 
 
 tvalen. 
 
 the glass 
 the bottle 
 the soap. 
 
 10. 
 Eating and Drinking. 
 
 Ndringen, 
 
 the nourish- 
 
 kalfsteken, 
 
 the roast veal 
 
 
 ment 
 
 kmtet. 
 
 the meat 
 
 mdltiden, 
 
 the meal 
 
 korfven, 
 
 the sausage 
 
 frnkosten, 
 
 the breakfast 
 
 pastejen. 
 
 the pie 
 
 middagsmaltiden, the dinner 
 
 puddingen. 
 
 the pudding 
 
 aftonmaltiden. 
 
 the supper 
 
 pannkakan. 
 
 the pancake 
 
 vdrden, 
 
 the host 
 
 soppan, 
 
 the soup 
 
 vdrdinnan. 
 
 the hostess 
 
 mjOlken, 
 
 the milk 
 
 gdsten. 
 
 the guest 
 
 smdret. 
 
 thd butter 
 
 hrOdet, 
 
 the bread 
 
 osten. 
 
 the cheese 
 
 kakan, 
 
 the cake 
 
 ett dgg, 
 
 an egg 
 
 kokt kOtt, n., 
 
 boiled meat 
 
 salateti, 
 
 the salad 
 
 oxkoltet. 
 
 the beef 
 
 oljan, 
 
 the oil 
 
 farkOttet, 
 
 the mutton 
 
 dttikan 
 
 the vinegar 
 
 oxsteken, 
 
 the roast beef 
 
 sockret, 
 
 the sugar 
 
 skinkan, 
 
 the ham 
 
 senapen, 
 
 the mustard 
 
67 
 
 saltet, 
 
 the salt 
 
 the, n., 
 
 tea 
 
 peppar'n, 
 
 the pepper 
 
 kaffc, n., 
 
 coifee 
 
 drycker, 
 
 drinks 
 
 porlvin, n., 
 
 port 
 
 vinet. 
 
 the wine 
 
 champagne, n 
 
 ., champagne 
 
 rum, 
 
 the rum 
 
 fransktvin, n, 
 
 ,, claret 
 
 vattnd. 
 
 the water 
 
 rhensktvin, n. 
 
 , hock 
 
 limonaden, 
 
 lemonade 
 
 kypare. 
 
 waiter 
 
 drickat,] 
 diet, I 
 
 the beer 
 
 
 
 
 11. 
 
 
 
 
 Dress. 
 
 
 Kappa, 
 
 cloak 
 
 ' tofflorna, 
 
 the slippers 
 
 rocken, 1 
 syrtnlen,\ 
 
 the coat 
 
 kdppen, 
 
 the stick 
 
 b or si en. 
 
 the brush 
 
 hyxorna. 
 
 the trowsers 
 
 kammen, 
 
 the comb 
 
 byxhdngslor, 
 
 braces 
 
 kjorteln, 
 
 the gown 
 
 kalsonger, 
 
 drawers 
 
 en klddning, 
 
 a dress 
 
 strumpau, 
 
 the stocking 
 
 nnderkjorteln. 
 
 the petticoat 
 
 halsdnken, 
 
 the necktie 
 
 fOrklddet, 
 
 the apron 
 
 ndsdnken. 
 
 the handkerchief band. 
 
 ribbon 
 
 skjortan, 
 
 the shirt 
 
 schalen. 
 
 the shawl 
 
 hatten. 
 
 the hat 
 
 knappnalen. 
 
 the pin 
 
 stOflarne, 
 
 the boots 
 
 ringen. 
 
 the ring 
 
 skorna, 
 
 the shoes 
 
 muff en, 
 
 the muff 
 
 halskrage, 
 
 collar 
 
 parasollen. 
 
 the parasol 
 
 fickan, 
 
 the pocket 
 
 paraplyet, 
 
 the umbrella. 
 
 handskarne. 
 
 the gloves 
 
 
 
 
 12. 
 
 
 
 
 Travelling. 
 
 
 Hotell, vctrdshis 
 
 hotel, inn 
 
 
 Vdrd 
 
 
 host 
 
 
 Jungfru 
 
 
 housemaid 
 
 
 Borstare 
 
 
 boots 
 
 
 Resbetjent 
 
 
 commissioner 
 
 
 Portvakt 
 
 
 porter 
 
 
 A f trade 
 
 
 closet 
 
 
 Pa jernvdge: 
 
 n 
 
 on the railroad 
 
58 
 
 Jag dnskar en fdrsta (andra) 
 
 kiassens hiljelt. 
 Hvad lieter dngfartyget? 
 
 Ndr komnia vi till 5.? 
 
 / afton klockan — 
 
 Kdnner Ni etl godt hotell der? 
 
 Ja, hotellet X. 
 
 Jag stannar hdr blott en limine 
 
 och reser genast vidare. 
 Jag stannar hdr endast Ofver 
 
 natten och reser i morgen 
 
 bittida. 
 Nu sdttes tdget i gang. 
 Hvad heter ndsta station? 
 
 Far man rOka hdr? 
 
 Nej; detta dr endast tillatet i 
 
 rOkkonpen. 
 Far jag bjuda er en cigarr? 
 Nej, jag tackar, jag rOker ej. 
 Hvilka vackra partier vi resa 
 
 igenoml 
 Eur langt dr det dnnu till 
 
 ndsta station? 
 Vi dro straxt framme. 
 Snart komma vi till stationen, 
 
 der det spisas middag. 
 Hvad heter den vackra egen- 
 
 domen (kyrkan) hdr till 
 
 vensler, till hOger? 
 Nu stannar tdget. Vi dro vid 
 
 stationen. 
 
 I want a ticket for the first 
 
 (second) class. 
 What is the name of the 
 
 steamer? 
 When shall we he in S.? 
 This evening at — 
 Do you know a good hotel 
 
 there ? 
 Yes, the hotel X. 
 I only remain here one hour 
 
 and proceed at once. 
 I only stay here over night, 
 
 and leave to morrow early. 
 
 The train is starting. 
 
 What is the name of the next 
 station ? 
 
 May one smoke here? 
 
 No; that is only permitted in 
 the smoking coupe. 
 
 Can I offer you a cigar? 
 
 No thanks, I do not smoke. 
 
 What heautiful country we are 
 passing through! 
 
 How far is it to the next sta- 
 tion? 
 
 W^e are soon there. 
 
 We shall soon be at the sta- 
 tion, where we dine. 
 
 What is the name of that 
 pretty estate (church) on the 
 left? on the right? 
 
 The train stops. We are at 
 the station. 
 
Easy Dialogues.*) 
 
 1. 
 
 Eating and Drinking. 
 
 Are you hungry? Ar Ni liungrig. 
 
 1 have a good appelile. Jag har god aptit. 
 
 1 am very hungry. Jag ar rnycket hungiig. 
 
 Eat sonielhing. At nagonting. 
 
 What will you eat? Hvad vill Ni ata? 
 
 What do you wish to eat? Hvad Onskar Ni att ata? 
 
 You do not eat. Ni ater icke. 
 
 1 beg your pardon, 1 eat very Jag ber om ursakt, jag iiter 
 
 heartily. ganska dugtigt. 
 
 1 have eaten very heartily. Jag har atit ganska uiycket. 
 
 I have dined with a good ap- Jag har atit middag med god 
 
 petite. aplil. 
 
 Eat another piece. At litet till. 
 
 I can eat no more. Jag kan ej taga nSgot mera. 
 
 Are you thirsty? Ar Ni torslig? 
 
 Are you not thirsty? Ar Ni icke torstig? 
 
 I am very thirsty. Jag Sr ratt tOrstig. 
 
 1 am dying of thirst. Jag dor af torst. 
 
 Let us drink. Lat oss dricka. 
 
 fiive me something to drink. Gif mig nagot att dricka. 
 
 Will you drink a glass of wine? Vill Ni ha ett glas vin? 
 
 Drink a glass of beer. Tag Er ett glas Ol. 
 
 Drink another glass of wine. Di'ick ett ylas vin till. 
 
 Sir, I drink to your health. Jag dricker Er skal, min Herre. 
 
 I have the honour to drink Jair har den iiran att dricka 
 
 r> 
 
 your health. Er skal. 
 
 *) The best phrase book for Swedish Conversation is Lonstrom's 
 Swedish and English Dialogues, price 29. It contains the most neces- 
 sary Phrases and Idiomatic Dialogues for pi'actical use in Sweden, and 
 is indispensable for a rapid acquisition of the language. Published 
 by Messrs. Hachette and Company, 18 King William Street, Charing 
 Cross, London. 
 
60 
 
 2. 
 Going and 
 
 Where are you going? 
 I am going home. 
 I was going. to your house. 
 From whence do you come? 
 I come from my hrother's. 
 I am coming from church. 
 I have just left the school. 
 Will you go with me? 
 Where do you wisli to go? 
 We will take a walk. 
 We will take a walk. 
 With all my heart; most will- 
 ingly. 
 Which way shall we go? 
 Any way you like. 
 Let us go into the park. 
 Let us call for your brother 
 
 on our way. 
 As you please. 
 Is Mr. B. at home? 
 He is gone out. 
 He is not at home. 
 Can you tell us where he is 
 
 gone? 
 I cannot tell you precisely. 
 1 think he is gone to see his 
 
 sister. 
 Do you know when he will 
 
 come back? 
 No, he said nothing when he 
 
 went out. 
 Then we must go without 
 
 him. 
 
 Coming. 
 
 Hvart gar Ni? 
 
 Jag gar hem. 
 
 Jag gick till Er. 
 
 Hvarifran kommer Ni? 
 
 Jag kommer fran min bror. 
 
 Jag kommer ur kyrkan. 
 
 Jag gar ur skolan. 
 
 Vill Ni ga med mig? 
 
 Hvart vill Ni ga? 
 
 Vi skola ga ut och spatsera 
 
 Vi vilja gOra en fard. 
 
 Det vill jag gerna; Med nOje. 
 
 Hvarthan skola vi ga? 
 Vi skola ga hvart Ni vill. 
 Lat OSS ga in i parken. 
 Vi vilja taga Er bror med oss, 
 
 i fOrbigaende. 
 Som Ni behagar. 
 Ar Herr B. hemma? 
 Han bar nyss gatt ut. 
 Han ar icke hemma. 
 Kan Ni saga oss, hvarthan 
 
 ban bar gatt? 
 Jag kan ej sa noga saga Er det. 
 Jag tror han bar gatt att be- 
 
 soka sin syster. 
 Vet Ni nar ban kommer till- 
 
 baka ? 
 Nej, han sade ingenting derom 
 
 da ban gick. 
 I sadant fall skola vi ga utan 
 
 honom. 
 
 3. 
 Questions and Answers. 
 
 Come nearer; I have some- Kom narmare, jag bar nagot 
 
 thing to tell you. 
 
 att saga Er. 
 
61 
 
 I have a word to say to you. 
 
 Listen to me. 
 
 I want to speak to you. 
 
 What is it you want? 
 
 I am speaking to you. 
 
 I am not speaking to you. 
 
 What do you say? 
 
 What did you say? 
 
 1 say nothing. 
 
 Do you understand? 
 
 Do you understand what I say? 
 
 Do you understand me? 
 
 Will you he so kind as to 
 
 repeat . . ? 
 I understand von well. 
 Why do you not answer me? 
 Do you not speak Swedish? 
 Very little, Sir. 
 I understand it a little, hut I 
 
 do not speak. 
 Speak loudei". 
 Do not speak so loud. 
 Do not make so much noise. 
 Hold your tongue. 
 Did you not tell me that . . ? 
 Who told you that? 
 They have told me so. 
 Somebody has told it me. 
 I have heard it. 
 What do you wish to say? 
 What is that good for? 
 What do you call that? 
 Do you know Mr. C? 
 I know him by sight. 
 I know him by name. 
 
 Jag bar ett ord alt s;ii,'a Er. 
 
 Dor pa mig. 
 
 .lag onskar tala med Er. 
 
 Ilvad Onskar Ni? 
 
 Till Er talar jag. 
 
 Jag talar icke med Er. 
 
 Hvad sager INi? 
 
 Hvad sade Ni? 
 
 Jag sager ingenting. 
 
 Forstgr INi? 
 
 FOrstSr Ni hvad jag sager? 
 
 Begriper Ni min mening? 
 
 Vill Ni benaget upprepa? 
 
 Jag fOrstar Er viil. 
 IlvarfOre svarar 1 mig icke? 
 Talar INi icke «ivenska? 
 Mycket litet, min Herie. 
 Jag forstar det nagot, men jag 
 
 talar det icke. 
 Behagar INi tala hOgre. 
 Tala icke s§ hogl. 
 Gor icke sa mycket vasen. 
 Vill Ni tiga. 
 
 Har INi ej sagt mig att . .? 
 Ilvem har sagt Er delta? 
 Man bar sagl mig det. 
 Nagon har sagt mig det. 
 Jag bar hOrt det sagas. 
 Hvad vill Ni saga? 
 Hvartill gagnar det der? 
 Huru kallar Ni det der? 
 Kanner Ni Herr G.? 
 Jag kanner honom till utseendet. 
 Jag kanner honom till namnet. 
 
 How old are you? 
 
 How old is your brother? 
 
 4. 
 The Age. 
 
 Hur gammal ar Ni? 
 
 [lur gammal 
 
 iir Er bror? 
 
62 
 
 I am twelve years old. 
 
 I am ten years and six monllis 
 
 old. 
 Next monlh I shall be sixteen 
 
 years old. 
 I was thirteen years old last 
 
 week. 
 You do not look so old. 
 You look older. 
 I thought you were oUh-r. 
 I did not think you were so 
 
 old. 
 How old may your uncle he ? 
 He may be sixty years old. 
 He is about sixty years old. 
 
 He is more than fifty years old. 
 
 He is a man of fifty and up- 
 wards. 
 
 He may be sixty or there- 
 abouts. 
 
 He is over eighty. 
 
 That is a gicat age. 
 
 Is he so old? 
 
 He begins to grow old. 
 
 Jag 3r tolf ar gamma'i. 
 
 Jag cir tio och ett halft ar 
 
 gammal. 
 Nasta manad fyller jag sexton 
 
 o 
 
 ar. 
 
 Forliden vecka fyllde jag tret- 
 ton ar. 
 
 Ni tyckes ej vara sa gammal. 
 
 INi ser aldre ut. 
 
 Jag ansag Ei- vara aldre. 
 
 Jag ansag Er icke vara s§ 
 gammal. 
 
 Hur gammal kanEr onkelvara? 
 
 Han lar vara sextio ar. 
 
 Han ar ungefar sextio Sr gam- 
 mal. 
 
 Han cir ofver femtio ar gammal. 
 
 Det ar en man om nagra och 
 femtio ar. 
 
 Han ar nagra och sextio ar 
 gammal. 
 
 Han ar ofver atlio ar gammal. 
 
 Det ar en hog alder. 
 
 Ar ban sa gammal? 
 
 Han borjar §ldras. 
 
 The 
 
 What o'clock is it? 
 
 Pray tell me what time it is? 
 
 t is one o'clock. 
 
 t is past one. 
 
 t has stiuck one. 
 
 t is a quarter past one. 
 
 t is half past one. 
 
 t wants ten minutes to two. 
 
 t is not yet two o'clock. 
 
 I is only twelve o'clock. 
 
 t is almost three o'clock. 
 
 5. 
 
 Time. 
 
 Huru mycket Sr klockan? 
 Sag mig, jag ber Er, huru 
 
 mycket ar klockan? 
 Klockan ar ett. 
 Klockan ar ofver ett. 
 Hon bar slagit ett. 
 Hon ar en qvart pS tu. 
 Hon ar half tu. 
 Hon faltas tio minuter i tu. 
 Hon ar ej tu an. 
 Klockan ar endast tolf. 
 Klockan ar nara tre. 
 
63 
 
 It is on the strol^e of three. 
 It is going to strike three. 
 It is ten minutes past three. 
 The dock is going to strike. 
 There the clock is striking. 
 It is not late. 
 It is laler than I lliouglU. 
 I did not tliink it was so 
 late. 
 
 K lock an ar just tre. 
 Hon slar slrax tre. 
 Hon ar tio minuter Ofver ire. 
 Klockan slir strax. 
 Nu sl5r klockan. 
 Del ar icke sent. 
 Det ar senare, an jag trodde. 
 Jag trodde icke, all det var sS 
 sent. 
 
 6. 
 
 The Weather. 
 
 What kind of weather is it? liurudant vi^de^ ar det? 
 It is had weather. 
 It is very cloudy. 
 
 It is dreadful weather. 
 
 It is tine weather. 
 
 We are going to have a fine day. 
 
 It thaws. 
 
 It is foggy. 
 
 It is rainy weather. 
 
 It threatens to rain. 
 
 The sky becomes very cloudy. 
 
 The sky is getting very dark. 
 
 The sun is coming out. 
 
 The weather is clearing up again. 
 
 It is very hot. 
 
 It is sultry. 
 
 It is very mild. 
 
 It is cold. 
 
 It is excessively cold. 
 
 It is raw weather. 
 
 It rains. 
 
 It has been raining. 
 
 It is going to rain. 
 
 1 feel some drops of rain. 
 
 There are some drops of rain 
 
 falling. 
 It hails. 
 It snows; it is snowing. 
 
 Del ar full vader. 
 
 Del ar dystiMt vader. 
 
 Det ar etl rysligt viider. 
 
 Det ar vackerl vader. 
 
 Vi skola hafva en skOn dag. 
 
 Det toar. 
 
 Det ar tocknigt. 
 
 Det ar regnigt vader. 
 
 Vaderleken ar regnig. 
 
 Himmehi holjer sig i moln. 
 
 Himmeln hlir morkare. 
 
 Solen bOrjar visa sig. 
 
 Vadret borjar klarna. 
 
 Det ar mycket varmt. 
 
 Det ar en qvafvande hetta. 
 
 Det ar mycket mildt. 
 
 Det ar kallt. 
 
 Det ar forskrackligl kallt. 
 
 Vaderleken ar kail och luktig. 
 
 Det regnar. 
 
 Det bar reguat. 
 
 Det blir regn. 
 
 Jag kannei" regndroj^par. 
 
 Det falier regndroppar. 
 
 Det haglar. 
 
 Det snoar; del falier snO. 
 
64 
 
 It has been ^novving. 
 
 It snows in large tlakes. 
 
 It freezes. 
 
 It has frozen. 
 
 It begins to thaw. 
 
 It thaws. 
 
 It is very windy. 
 
 The wind is very high. 
 
 There is no air stirring. 
 
 It lightens. 
 
 It has lightened all night. 
 
 It thunders. 
 
 The thunder roars. 
 
 The thunderbolt has fallen. 
 
 It is stormy weather. 
 
 We shall have a thunderstorm. 
 
 The sky begins to clear up. 
 
 The weather is very unsettled. 
 
 It 
 
 It 
 
 It 
 
 It 
 
 It 
 
 It 
 
 It 
 
 It 
 
 s very muddy. 
 
 s very dusty. 
 
 s very slippery, 
 
 s bad walking. 
 
 s day -light. 
 
 s dark. 
 
 s night. 
 
 s moon -light. 
 Do you think it will be fine 
 
 weather? 
 I do not think that it will 
 
 rain. 
 I am afraid it will rain. 
 I tear so- 
 
 Det har snOat. 
 
 Det snOar i stora flockar, 
 
 Det fryser. 
 
 Det har frusit. 
 
 Det toar upp. 
 
 Det ar tovader. 
 
 Det ar mycket blasigt. 
 
 Det blaser en ganska hiiftig vind. 
 
 Det blaser ingen flakt en gang. 
 
 Det blixtrar. 
 
 Det har blixtrat hela natten. 
 
 Det dundrar. 
 
 Askan gar. 
 
 Askan har slagit ned. 
 
 Vadret jir stormigt. 
 
 Vi f§ storm. 
 
 Himmeln bOrjar klarna upp. 
 
 Vadret sir mycket ostadigl. 
 
 Det ar mycket smutsigt. 
 
 Det ar mycket dammigl. 
 
 Det ar mycket halt. 
 
 Det ar mycket elakt att ga. 
 
 Det ar dager. 
 
 Det ar mOrkt. 
 
 Det ar natt. 
 
 Det ar mansken. 
 
 Tror Ni, att det blir vackert 
 
 vader? 
 Jag tror ej, att det kommer att 
 
 regna. 
 Jag fruktar, att vi fa regn. 
 Jag fruktar det. 
 
 7. 
 Salutations. 
 
 Good day, Sir. 
 
 I wish you good day. 
 
 How do you do? 
 
 How are you? 
 
 Do you continue in good health ? 
 
 } 
 
 God dag, min Herre. 
 
 Hur star det till? 
 
 Hur ar det med Er helsa? 
 
 ArNi fortfarande vid god helsa? 
 
05 
 
 Pretty good ; anrl how are 
 
 you? 
 Are you well? 
 Very well, and you? 
 I am perfectly well. 
 And liow is it with you? 
 As usual. 
 
 Pretty well, lliank God. 
 I am very happy to see you 
 
 well. 
 
 Sfi tcmli^en, och hnr star del 
 
 I ill nied Kr? 
 Mar Ni viil? 
 Mycket val, ocli Ni? 
 Jag mar rortralfligt. 
 Och Ni, hur mar M? 
 Som vanligt. 
 Bra nog, Gudi lot. 
 Jag ar fOrjust alt se Er vid 
 
 god helsa. 
 
 8. 
 Visitii 
 
 
 There is a knock. 
 
 Somehody knocks. 
 
 Go and see who it is. 
 
 Go and open the (hjor. 
 
 It is Mrs. B. 
 
 Good day, Mrs. B. 
 
 I am happy to see you. 
 
 I have not seen you this age. 
 
 It is a novelty to see you. 
 
 I*ray sit down. 
 
 Sit down if you please. 
 
 Give the lady a chair. 
 
 Will you stay and take some 
 
 dinner with us? 
 1 cannot stay. 
 1 only came in to see how 
 
 you are. 
 I must go. 
 
 You are in a great hurry. 
 Why are you in such a hurry? 
 1 have a great many things 
 
 to do. 
 Surely you can stay a lillle 
 
 longer. 
 I will stay longer another 
 
 ume. 
 
 Lei\str6m's Swedish Grammar. 
 
 Man bultar. 
 
 INSgon bultar. 
 
 Se efter, hvem del ar. 
 
 Oppna dorren. 
 
 Del iir Fru B. 
 
 God dag Vvu B. 
 
 Jag iir glad att se Er. 
 
 Det ar en evighet sen jag sag 
 
 Er. 
 Det iir nSgot nylt att man ser Ei-. 
 Var god och sitt, jag her Er. 
 Var god och sitt ned. 
 Gif Fru ... en stol. 
 Vill Ni stanna qvar hos oss 
 
 till mid da gen? 
 Jag kan icke stanna. 
 Jag bar Idott kommit in for 
 
 att fa bora bur Ni mar. 
 Jag maste ga bort. 
 Ni bar mycket bradtom. 
 Hvarl'or skyndar Ni sa lasligt? 
 Jag bar mycket att gora. 
 
 Ni kan viil drOja Snnu elt 
 
 Ogonblick. 
 En annan gang skall jag stanna 
 
 qvar litiigre. 
 
 5 
 
66 
 
 I thank you for your visit. Jag tacker Er fOr Ert besOk. 
 
 I hope to see you sood again. Jag hoppas all snart aterse Er. 
 
 9. 
 Breakfast. 
 
 Have you breakfasted? 
 
 Not yet. 
 
 You have come just in time. 
 
 You will breakfast with us. 
 
 Breakfast is ready. 
 
 Do you drink tea or coffee? 
 
 Would you prefer chocolate? 
 
 [ prefer coffee. 
 
 What can I offer you? 
 
 Here are rolls and toast. 
 
 What do you like best? 
 
 I shall take a roll. 
 
 How do you hke the coffee? 
 
 Is the coffee strong enough? 
 
 It is excellent. 
 
 Is there enough sugar in it? 
 
 If there is not, do not make 
 
 any ceremony. 
 Act as if you were at home. 
 
 Har Ni frukosterat? 
 
 Annu icke. 
 
 INi kommer i grefvens tid. 
 
 Ni skall frukostera med oss. 
 
 Frukosten ar fSrdig. 
 
 Dricker Ni th6, eller kafife? 
 
 Dricker Ni hellre chocolad? 
 
 Jag fOredrar kaffe. 
 
 Hvad skall jay bjuda Er? 
 
 Har har Ni mjolkbrod och ro- 
 
 sladt brOd. 
 Hvilket tycker Ni mest om? 
 Jag skall taga ett mjolkbrOd. 
 Hvad tycker Ni om kaffet? 
 Ar kaffet tillrackligt starkl? 
 Det ar fOrtraffligt. 
 Ar det sott nog? 
 Om det ej ar nog, sS krus.t 
 
 icke. 
 Latsa, som Ni vore hemma. 
 
 At what time do we dine to- 
 day? 
 
 We shall dine at four o'clock. 
 
 We shall not dine before five 
 o'clock. 
 
 Shall we have anybody to 
 dinner to-day? 
 
 Do you expect company? 
 
 T expect Mr. B. 
 
 10. 
 Before Dinner. 
 
 Hiiru dags spisa vi i dag? 
 
 Vi skola ata k lock an fyra. 
 Vi ata icke fore klockan fem. 
 
 Skola Ni hafva nagou till mid- 
 
 dagen i dag? 
 Vantar Ni sallskap? 
 Jag vSntar llerr B. 
 
67 
 
 Mr. D. has promised to come 
 
 if the weather permits. 
 Have you given orders lor 
 
 dinner? 
 What have you ordered for 
 
 dinner? 
 Have you sent for lisli? 
 I could not get any fish. 
 I fear we sliall have a very 
 
 indifferent dinner. 
 We must do as best we can. 
 
 Ilerr D. liar lofvat komma, om 
 
 viiderleken tillater det. 
 Har Ni bestallt middagsmSlet? 
 
 Hvad har Ni bestallt (Or mid- 
 
 dagsmalet? 
 Har Ni skickat att kOpa lisk? 
 Jag kunde icke fa nagon (isk. 
 Jag fruktar, vi f§ en temligen 
 
 dalig middag i dag. 
 Vi fa gora som vi kunna. 
 
 11. 
 Dinner. 
 
 To what shall I help you? 
 Will you lake a little soup? 
 No 1 thank you. I will trouble 
 
 you for a little beef. 
 It looks so very nice. 
 W'hich piece do you like best? 
 I hope you like this piece. 
 
 Gentlemen , you have dishes 
 
 near you. 
 Help yourselves. 
 Take without ceremony what 
 
 you like best. 
 Would you like a little of this 
 
 roast-meat? 
 Will you have some fat? 
 Give me some of this lean, 
 
 if you please. 
 How do you like the roast-meat? 
 It is excellent, delicious. 
 What will you take with your 
 
 meat? 
 May 1 help you to some 
 
 vegetables? 
 Will you take peas or cauli- 
 flower? 
 
 Hvarmed skall jag servera Er? 
 
 Hehagar Ni litet soppa? 
 
 Nej jag tackar. Jag skall be 
 
 om litet oxkott. 
 Det ser sa bra ut. 
 Hvilket stycke vill Ni heist ha? 
 Jag hoppas att detta stycke 
 
 skall smaka Er. 
 Mina Ilerrar, I ha'n faten for 
 
 Er. 
 Begagna Er deraf. 
 Tagen utan omsvep hvad I 
 
 tycken mest om. 
 Behagar Ni nagot af denna 
 
 stek? 
 Tycker Ni om det feta? 
 Behagade Ni gifva mig magert. 
 
 Iluru finner Ni steken? 
 Den ar fOrtrafllig, delikat. 
 Hvad tar Ni till Ert kiitt? 
 
 Skall jag servera Er gron- 
 
 saker? 
 Behagar Ni arter eller blum- 
 
 kal. 
 
68 
 
 I have no choice. 
 
 I shall send yoii a piece of 
 
 this fowl. 
 No thank you, I can eat no 
 
 more. 
 You are a |)oor eater. 
 You eat nothing. 
 I heg your pardon, I do 
 
 justice to your dinner. 
 You may take away. 
 
 Det gOr mig det samma. 
 Jag skall skicka Er en bit a( 
 
 detta fjaderfa. 
 Meg jag tackar (Er), jag kan 
 
 ej fOrtara mei". 
 Ni iir en klen iilare. 
 Ni iiter ingenting. 
 Jag her om ursakt, jag ater 
 
 ratt mycket. 
 INi kan taga bort. (duka al). 
 
 12. 
 Te 
 
 Have you carried in the tea- 
 things? 
 Everything is on the table. 
 Does the water boil? 
 Tea is ready. 
 
 They are waiting for you. 
 Here I am. 
 
 We have not cups enough. 
 We want two more cups and 
 
 saucers. 
 Bring another tea-spoon and 
 
 a saucer. 
 You have not brought in the 
 
 sugar-tongs.* 
 Do you take cream? 
 The tea is so strong. 
 1 shall thank you for a little 
 
 more milk. 
 Here are cakes and muffins. 
 Do you prefer some bread 
 
 and butler? 
 1 shall take a slice of bread 
 
 and butter. 
 Pass the plate this way. 
 King the bell, if you please. 
 Will you kindly ring tlie bell? 
 We want some more water. 
 
 a. 
 
 Har Ni hemtat allt, som be- 
 
 hofs till t^et? 
 Det star allting pa bordet. 
 Kokar vattnet? 
 Teet ar alldeles fardigt. 
 Man vantar Er. 
 Har ar jag. 
 
 Vi hafva ej koppar tillrSckligt. 
 Vi behofva tva koppar till. 
 
 Skaffa en sked och ett th^fat 
 
 till. 
 Ni har ej hemtat sockertan- 
 
 gen. 
 Tager Ni gradde. 
 Teet cir ganska starkt. 
 Jag skall be Er om litet mjolk 
 
 till. 
 Har aro kakor och tartor. 
 Tycker Ni mer om smOrgas. 
 
 Jafif skall taga en smorgas. 
 
 Behagade Ni gifva hit tallriken. 
 
 Bing, om Ni behagar. 
 Vill INi vara sa god och r 
 Vi behofva mera vallen. 
 
69 
 
 Bring it as quickly as pos- 
 sible. 
 
 Make haste. 
 
 Take the plate with you. 
 
 Is your tea sweet enough? 
 
 Have I put sugar enough in 
 your tea? 
 
 It is excellent. 
 
 I do not like it quite so sweet. 
 
 Your tea is very good. 
 
 Where do you huy it? 
 
 I buy it at . . . 
 
 Have you already done? 
 
 You will take another cup. 
 
 I shall pour you out half a 
 cup. 
 
 You will not refuse me. 
 
 I have already drunk three 
 cups and I never drink more. 
 
 Hemta hit dot sa fort som 
 
 mOjligt. 
 Skynda Er. 
 Tag med tallriken. 
 Ar Ert T6 sott nog? 
 Har jag lagt nog socker i Ert 
 
 t6? 
 Det ar fortriiffligt. 
 Jag tycker ej om det for sOtt. 
 Eit t6 ar mycket godt. 
 Hvar kOper Ni det? 
 Jag kOper det hos . . . 
 Ar Ni redan fardig? 
 Ni skall dricka en kopp till. 
 Jag skall sla i at Er en half 
 
 kopp. 
 Ni skall ej neka mig det. 
 Jag har druckit tre koppar, 
 
 och jag dricker aldrig mera. 
 
SECOND COURSE. 
 PART IL 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 The Auiiliary Verbs. 
 
 1. 
 
 Hafva, to have. 
 
 Indicative. Subjunctive, 
 
 Present, 
 
 1 have. 
 Jag hafver or har, I have 
 
 du hafver 
 han hafver 
 vi hafva 
 I hafven 
 de hafva 
 
 har, thou hast 
 
 har, he has 
 
 ha, we have 
 
 han, you have 
 
 ha, they have. 
 
 That 1 may have. 
 Jag (hafve) ma hafva 
 du ma hafva 
 han ma hafva 
 vi ma hafva 
 I man hafva 
 de ma hafva. 
 
 I had. 
 Jag hade, I had 
 du hade, thou hadst 
 han hade, he had 
 vi hade, we had 
 / haden, you had 
 de hade, they iiad. 
 
 I have had. 
 Jag har haft 
 du har haft 
 han har haft 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 That I might have. 
 Jag (hade) skulle hafva 
 du skulle hafva 
 han skulle hafva 
 VI skulle hafva 
 I skullen hafva 
 de skulle hafva. 
 
 Per feet. 
 
 That I may liave had. 
 Jag ma hafva haft 
 du ma hafva haft 
 han ma hafva haft 
 
71 
 
 vi ha haft 
 I han haft 
 de ha haft 
 
 1 had had. 
 Jag hade haft 
 du hade haft 
 han hade haf 
 vi hade haft 
 I haden haft 
 de hade haft 
 
 Future. 
 
 I shall have. 
 Jag shall hafva 
 du shall hafva 
 han shall hafva 
 vi shola hafva 
 I sholen hafva 
 de shola hafva 
 
 vi ma hafva haft 
 J mail hafva haft 
 de ml hafva haft. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 That I might have had. 
 Jag shdle hafva haft 
 du shulle hafva haft 
 han shulle hafva haft 
 vi shulle hafva haft 
 I shullen hafva haft 
 de shulle hafva haft 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 I should have. 
 Jag shulle hafva 
 du shulle hafva 
 han shulle hafva 
 vi shulle hafva 
 I shullen hafva 
 de shulle hafva. 
 
 Future past. 
 
 I shall have had. 
 Jag shall hafva haft 
 du shall hafva haft 
 han shall hafva haft 
 vi skole (a) hafva haft 
 I shokn hafva haft 
 de shola hafva haft 
 
 Conditional past. 
 
 I should have had. 
 Jag shulle hafva haft 
 du shulle hafva haft 
 han shulle hafva haft 
 vi shulle hafva haft 
 I shullen hafva haft 
 de shulle hafva haft. 
 
 Imperat i ve. 
 
 haf, have thou 
 
 hafve han, let hiui have 
 
 (hafvom), let us have 
 
 hafven (hafver)^ have ye 
 hafve de, let them have. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Pres. hafva or ha, to have. 
 
 Perf. hafva haft, to have had. 
 
 Fut. shola hafva, to he ahout to have. 
 
72 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Pres. hafvande, having. 
 Perf. haft, had. 
 
 Note. In general conversation jag har, vi ha, etc., is al- 
 ways used. The Imperative hafvom and hafvei\ are antiquated. 
 
 2. 
 
 Vara, to be. 
 
 1 ndicative. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. 
 
 I am. 
 
 Jag dr, I am 
 
 du dr, thou art 
 
 han dr, he is 
 
 vi are (dro), we are 
 
 / dretij you are 
 
 de drOy they are. 
 
 That I may be. 
 
 Jag (vare) ma vara 
 
 du ma vara 
 
 han ma vara 
 
 vi ma vara 
 
 I ma vara 
 
 de ma vara. 
 
 I was. 
 Jag var, I was 
 du var, thou wast 
 han var, he was 
 vi voro, we were 
 / voren, you were 
 de voro, they were. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 That I might be. 
 
 Jag vore 
 du vore 
 han vore 
 vi vore 
 I voren 
 de vore. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 I have been. 
 Jag har varit 
 du har varit 
 han har varit 
 vi hafva (e) varit 
 I hafven varit 
 de hafva varit. 
 
 That I may have been. 
 Jag ma hafva varit 
 du ma hafva varit 
 han ma hafva varit 
 vi ma hafva varit 
 1 ma hafva varit 
 de ma hafva varit. 
 
73 
 
 I bad been. 
 Jag hade varit 
 du hade varit 
 han hade varit 
 vi hade varit 
 I haden varit 
 de hade varit. 
 
 Future. 
 
 I shall be. 
 Jag shall vara 
 du shall vara 
 han shall vara 
 vi shola (e) vara 
 I sholen vara 
 de shola vara. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 Tliat I might have bren. 
 Jag shulle hafva varit 
 du shulle hafva varit 
 han shulle hafva varit 
 vi shulle hafva varit 
 I shullen hafva varit 
 de shulle hafva varit. 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 1 should be. 
 Jag shulle vara 
 du shulle vara 
 han shulle vara 
 vi shulle vara 
 I shullen vara 
 de shulle vara. 
 
 Future past. 
 
 1 shall have been. 
 Jag shall hafva varit 
 du shall hafva varit 
 han shall hafva varit 
 vi shola (e) hafva varit 
 I sholen hafva varit 
 de shola hafva varit. 
 
 Conditio nal past. 
 
 I should have been. 
 Jag shulle hafva varit 
 du shulle hafva varit 
 han shulle hafva varit 
 vi shulle hafva varit 
 I shullen hafva varit 
 de shulle hafva varit. 
 
 Var, be thou 
 
 Vare han, let biui be 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 varom, let us be 
 
 vareu, be ye 
 
 vare de, let them be. 
 
 In finitive. 
 
 Pres. vara, to be. 
 
 Perf. hafva varit, to have been. 
 Fut. shola vara, to be about to be. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Pres. varande, being. 
 Perf. varit, been. 
 
74 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Jag har glOmt* atl gora^ delta. — Har ban vagal* alt 
 
 leka^ med mig? — Aldrig'' trodde' jag all ban bade ett s§ 
 
 obevekbgl" bjerta. — Har ni talal^ vid bonom. — Jag skuUe 
 
 gerna® bafva baft bonboken'°. — De skola bafva hvad de 
 
 Onska". — Ell skepp^^ bafvande manga malroser*^ — Del 
 
 var fasligl*''. — Hans minne*^ ar som elt cbaos. — De aro 
 
 framsl^^ i skolan". — Ni ar min van. — Jag ma vara under- 
 
 gifven**. — Jag soker'® min trOst^° i medvetandel" all jag 
 
 varil en lydig^^ dolter. — Skulle eden^^ vara ett intel^^? — 
 
 Bokvell^^ ocb folkvetl^^ aro inte alllid^' delsamma. — Han ma 
 
 nu vara an sa^® stor^'. — Jag bar varil bos bonom. — Jag 
 
 glader^" mig aldrig at nagons olycka^\ vore det och min 
 
 vSrsta ovans^^. — Skulle det inte vara en illusion? — Var sa 
 
 beskedligl — Han skulle vara en tyrann. — Flil^' ocb verk- 
 
 sambet aro mina forfaders bragder^\ 
 
 I forgotten. 2 to do. 3 ventured. 4 to play. 5 never. 6 believed. 
 7 immovable. 8 spoken. 9 willingly. 10 prayerbook. 11 to wish. 
 12 ship. 13 sailor. 14 terrible. 15 memory. 16 first. 17 school. 
 18 submissive. 19 seek. 20 consolation. 21 consciousness. 
 22 obedient. 23 oath. 24 nothing. 25 book knowledge. 26 com- 
 mon sense. 27 always. 28 yet. 29 great. 30 rejoice. 31 mis- 
 fortune. 32 enemy. 33 industry. 34 deed. 
 
 4. 
 
 Exercises. 
 
 Wbat bave you to tell' me? You bave tbe book wbicb 
 I bad yesterday ^ I bave never bad it, and you will not bave 
 it eilber^ I wish* you bad tbe ribbon ^ We would bave bad 
 it. To possess (have) is better tban to bave bad, or to expect 
 (to be about to bave). He would be very bappy® if be were 
 content. Are you my enemy? I bave never been so, I am 
 not now' and sball never be. You will be wilb me to- 
 morrow. You bave already^ been tbere, but® my brotber has 
 not yet *** been ; you were not at home **. I had been tbere when " 
 be came. They will bave all been tbere to-morrow ^^ we 
 would already bave been there but it was impossible'". Be 
 
 1 saga. 2 igur. 3 ej heller. 4 jag onskar. 5 band, n. 6 lycklig. 
 7 nu. 8 redan. 9 men. 10 annu inte. 11 liemma. 12 nar. 
 13 i morgon. 14 omojligt. 
 
75 
 
 happy my children 1 To be or" not to be thai is the 
 question '". 
 
 15 eller. 16 fraga, f. (sporsmal, n.). 
 
 5. 
 
 Ma, to may, to like. 
 
 Present. Imperfect. 
 
 I may. 
 Jag ma 
 du ma 
 
 hail, hon, det, ma 
 VI ma (oi- mage, a) 
 I ma (or magen) 
 de ma (or maga). 
 
 I might. 
 Jag matte 
 du matte 
 hail matte 
 vi matte 
 I matten 
 de matte. 
 
 6. 
 
 Skola, to be obliged, I shall, I ought. 
 Indicative. 
 Present. Lmperfect. 
 
 1 shall. 
 Jag shall 
 du shall 
 hail shall 
 vi shola (e) 
 I sholeii 
 de shola. 
 
 I shou!a. 
 Jag shulle 
 du shulle 
 han shulle 
 VI shulle 
 I shullen 
 de shulle. 
 
 Perfect. Jag har sholat, I have been obliged. 
 P hip erf. Jag hade sholat, I had been obliged. 
 
 S iibj u ncti ve. 
 
 Present. Jaq shulle] . ,., ,, , ,. ,. 
 Imperf. Jag shdte] '^""■'"S- '''"' "'« 'ndicalive. 
 Perfect. Jag hafve sholat, 1 that I may have been 
 
 jag ma ha sholat,] obliged. 
 Pluperf.Jag hade sholat, 1 that I might have been 
 
 jag matte ha sholat,] obliged. 
 
76 
 
 Infinitiye. 
 
 Pres. skola, to be obliged. 
 
 Perf. hafva skolat, to have been obliged. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Pres. skolande, being obliged. 
 Perf, skolat, obliged. 
 
 7. 
 
 Blifva, to become. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 I become. 
 Jag hlifver or hlir 
 du hlifver 
 han hhfver 
 vi blifva (e) 
 I blifven 
 de blifva. 
 
 I became. 
 Jag bkf 
 du blef 
 han blef 
 vi blefvo 
 I blefven 
 de blefvo. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Thai I may become. 
 Jag (blifve) ma blifva 
 du ma blifva 
 han ma blifva 
 vi ma blifva 
 1 man blifva 
 de ma blifva. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 That I might become. 
 Jag blefve or skulle blifva 
 du blefve - skulle blifva 
 han blefve - skulle blifva 
 vi blefve - skulle blifva 
 I blefven - skullen blifva 
 de blefvo - skulle blifva. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 I have become. 
 S. Jag har blifvit 
 P. vi hafva blifvit. 
 
 I had become. 
 S. Jag hade blifvit 
 P. vi hade blifvit. 
 
 That I may have become. 
 Jag ma hafva blifvit 
 vi ma hafva blifvit. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 That I might have become. 
 Jag skulle hafva blifvit 
 vi skulle hafva blifvit. 
 
77 
 
 F utvre. 
 
 1 shall become. 
 S. Jag shall hlifva 
 l\ VI skola hlif'im. 
 
 1 ni p (' r a I i ve. 
 
 6///", become thou 
 
 blifve (Jtan), let him become 
 
 hlifvom, let us become 
 
 hlifven, become ye 
 
 hlifve (de), lei I hem bee ome. 
 
 Parti c i p 1 es. 
 
 Pres. blifvandc, btcoming. 
 Perf. hlifven, become. 
 
 Future past. 
 
 I sliall have become. 
 Ja(j shall hafoa hlifvit 
 vi shola hafva hlifvit. 
 
 I n fi n itive. 
 
 Pres. hlifva, to become. 
 Perf. hafva hlifvet, to have 
 
 become. 
 Put. shola hlifva, to be 
 about to become. 
 
 k 
 
 8. 
 Varda, to become. 
 Indicative. Subjuocti ve. 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 I become. 
 
 That I 
 
 may become. 
 
 Jag varder 
 
 Jag varde 
 
 or ma varda 
 
 du varder 
 
 du varde 
 
 - ma varda 
 
 han varder 
 
 han varde 
 
 - ma varda 
 
 vi varda (e) 
 
 vi varde 
 
 - ma varda 
 
 1 varden 
 
 I varden 
 
 - man varda 
 
 de varda. 
 
 de varde 
 
 - ma varda. 
 
 Impe 
 
 rfect. 
 
 
 I became. 
 
 That I 
 
 might become. 
 
 Jag vardt 
 
 Jag vorde 
 
 or shulle varda 
 
 du vardt 
 
 du vorde 
 
 - shille varda 
 
 han vardt 
 
 han vorde 
 
 - shulle varda 
 
 vi vordo 
 
 vi vordo 
 
 - shulle varda 
 
 I vorden 
 
 I vorden 
 
 - shullen varda 
 
 de vordo. 
 
 de vordo 
 
 - shulle varda. 
 
78 
 
 Pp.rfect. 
 
 1 have become. 
 S. Jag dr v or den 
 P. vi dro vordne. 
 
 I n tin i live. 
 
 Pres. Varda, to become. 
 
 Fut. skola varda^ to be 
 
 about to become. 
 
 Future. 
 
 I shall become. 
 Jag shall varda 
 vi skola varda. 
 
 Participle. 
 Vordeti,] 
 
 P. 
 
 Neut. vordet, j 
 
 become. 
 
 Note. Varda, is obsolete and is only used in bibhcal and 
 juridical language. 
 
 9. 
 Bora, to be obliged, I shall, I ought. 
 
 Indicat. Present. 
 
 Jag Mr 
 du bdr 
 han h(\r. 
 
 vi bOre 
 i hOren 
 de bOra. 
 
 Imperfect, Indie, and Subj, 
 Jag borde, I ought. 
 Par tic. Perf. bordt. 
 
 10. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Hon bad* att bli ursaktad^ och ville taga' barnet fran 
 sallskapet. — Slormen skulle fora borf dem under vagen*, 
 om de blefvo vid sin foresats. — De maste till strafT^ rida 
 omkring'. — Ofta blir man tungsinnig® och sjuklig^ — 
 Det skall vara sS morkt*°. — Han lar val haft stOrsta del'* i 
 saken*^ — Det blir tungt for honom. — Man kan alldeles'^ 
 
 1 begged. 2 excused. 3 take. 4 to carry away. 5 on the way. 
 6 punishment. 7 to ride about. 8 melancholy. 9 ill. 10 dark. 
 11 part. 12 thing, affair. 13 thoroughly. 
 
79 
 
 bli ledsen vid delta. — Er kiirlck'^ ska' lala*^ mig glomnia'* 
 allt. — Jag (inskar alt Gud ma forl5la*' dig allt. — Det fSr 
 man medge. — S5 l.'ir det ska' vara i himnielriket'^ ocksa". 
 
 — Skiille det kunna vara lian? — Matte det vara min son I 
 
 — Det liade han skolat gOra. 
 
 14 love. 15 to let. 16 to forget. 17 to forgive. 18 kingdom 
 of heaven. 19 also. 
 
 11. 
 The Regular Verbs. 
 
 The Swedish Language lias three conjugations, which 
 are distinguished by the termination of the supinum. 
 
 The passive voice is formed either by adding s, or often 
 by the auxihary verbs „vara, blifva". The difference of the 
 conjugations is as follows: 
 
 The ls» Conj. 
 
 The 2n«i Conj. 
 
 The 
 
 V^ Conj 
 
 Present in ar 
 
 er 
 
 
 er 
 
 /mper feet ade 
 
 de or te • 
 
 
 te 
 
 Supinum at 
 
 t 
 
 
 11 
 
 Part, Perf. ad 
 
 d or t 
 
 
 en 
 
 12. 
 
 I«t CONJUGATION. 
 
 Aleka, to love. 
 Active \oice. 
 
 Indicative. Subjunctiye. 
 
 Present, 
 
 I love. 
 Jag dlskar, I love 
 du dlskar, thou lovest 
 han dlskar, he loves 
 
 That I may love. 
 Jag dlske or ma dlska 
 du dlske - ma dlska 
 han dlske - md dlska 
 
80 
 
 vi (ilske (a), we love 
 / (Hhken, you love 
 de diska, they love. 
 
 vi (ilske or ma dhka 
 I dlsken - man dlska 
 de dlske - ma dlska. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 1 loved. 
 Jag dhkade, I loved 
 du dlskade, thou lovedst 
 han dlskade, he loved 
 VI dlskade, we loved 
 / dlskaden, you loved 
 de dlskade, they loved. 
 
 That I might love. 
 Jag dlskade or matte, skalle, 
 du skulle dlska [dlska 
 
 han skulle dlska 
 vi skulle dlska 
 I skullen dlska 
 de skulle dlska. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 I have loved. 
 Jag har dlskat 
 du har dlskat 
 han har dlskat 
 vi hafva dlskat 
 I hafven dlskat 
 de hafva dlskat. 
 
 That I have loved. 
 Jag ma hafva dlskat 
 du ma hafva dlskat 
 han ma hafva dlskat 
 vi ma hafva dlskat 
 I man hafva dlskat 
 de ma hafva dlskat. 
 
 1 hdd loved. 
 Jag hade dlskat 
 du hade dlskat 
 han hade dlskat 
 vi hade dlskat 
 I haden dlskat 
 de hade dlskat. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 Tliat I had loved. 
 Jag matte hafva dlskat 
 du matte hafva dlskat 
 han matte hafva dlskat 
 vi matte hafva dlskat 
 I mat ten hafva dlskat 
 de matte hafva dlskat. 
 
 Future. 
 
 I shall love. 
 Jag skall dlska 
 du skall dlska 
 han skall dlska 
 vi skole dhka 
 I skolen dhka 
 de skola dlska. 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 1 should love. 
 Jag skulle dlska 
 du skulle dhka 
 han skulle dlska 
 vi skulle dhka 
 I skullen dhka 
 de skulle dhka. 
 
81 
 
 Future past. 
 I shall have loved. 
 Jag skall hafva dlskat 
 du skall hafva dlskat 
 han skall hafva dlskat 
 vi skola hafva dlskat 
 1 skolen hafva dlskat 
 de skola hafva dlskat. 
 
 Conditional past. 
 
 1 should have loved. 
 Jag skulle hafva dlskat 
 du skulle hafva dlskat 
 han skulle hafva dlskat 
 vi skulle hafva dlskat 
 I skullen hafva dlskat 
 de skulle hafva dlskat. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 dlska (du), love thou 
 dlske (han), let him love 
 
 dlskom (vi), let us love 
 dlsken (ov: dlsker I), love ye. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Present, dlska, to love. 
 
 Perfect, hafva (ha) dlskat, to have loved. 
 Future, skola dlska, to be about to love. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Present, dlskande, loving. 
 
 Perfect, hafvande dlskat, having loved. 
 
 Supine, dlskat, loved. 
 
 Future, skolande dlska, being about to love. 
 
 PasslTe Voice. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 I am loved. 
 Jag dlskas 
 du dlskas 
 han dlskas 
 vi dlskas 
 I disk ens 
 de dlskas. 
 
 I was loved. 
 Jay dlskades 
 du dlskades 
 han dlskades 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. 
 
 That I may be loved. 
 Jag dlskes (ma dlskas) 
 du ma dlskas 
 han ma dlskas 
 vi md dlskas 
 I man dlskas 
 de md dlskas. 
 
 Imperfec ^ 
 
 That I might be loved. 
 Jag dlskades (matte dlskas) 
 du matte dlskas 
 han matte dlskas 
 
 Lenstrflm's Swedish Grammnr. 
 
 6 
 
82 
 
 vi dhkades 
 I dhkadens 
 de dhkades. 
 
 I have been loved. 
 Jag har dlskats 
 vi ha dlskats. 
 
 VI matte dhkas 
 I mdtten dhkas 
 de matte dhkas. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 That I may have been loved. 
 Jag ma hafva dhkats 
 vi md hafva dhkats. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 I had been loved. 
 Jag hade dhkats. 
 
 Fu t u r e. 
 
 I shall be loved. 
 Jag skall dhkas. 
 
 Future past. 
 
 I shall have been loved. 
 Jag skall hafva dhkats. 
 
 Thai I might have been loved. 
 Jag hade dhkats, or 
 jag matte hafva dhkats. 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 T should be loved. 
 Jag skulle dhkas. 
 
 Conditional past. 
 
 I should have been loved. 
 Jag skulle hafva dhkats. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 dhkas, be loved 
 
 dhkes (han), let him be 
 loved. 
 
 dhkoms, let us be loved 
 dhkens, be ye loved. 
 
 In finitive. 
 
 Pres. dhkas, to be loved. 
 
 Perf. hafva dhkats., to have been loved. 
 Fut. skola dhkas, to be about to be loved. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Pres. dhkandes, being loved. 
 
 Perf. hafvande dhkats, and dlskad (iNeut.) dlskadt , Plur 
 
 dhkade, • have been loved. 
 
 Fut. skolande dhkas, being about to be loved. 
 
 The passive voice, as already staled , can also be conju- 
 gated with the verb blifoa or vara, as: 
 
83 
 
 Present. Jag dr (hlir) dlsknd. 
 Imp erf. Jag var (blef) dlskad, 
 Perfect. Jag har varit (blifvit) dhkady 
 Pin J) erf. Jag hade varit (blifoit) dlskad, 
 
 I 
 
 am loved. 
 
 
 I 
 
 was loved. 
 
 
 I 
 
 have been 
 
 loved. 
 
 \ 
 
 had been 
 
 loved, 
 
 
 etc., etc., 
 
 etc. 
 
 The diflerence between the Supinum, and the Participle 
 Perfect past, is strongly marked in the Swedish conjugations, 
 the former serves to combine the active, the latter the passive 
 tenses. 
 
 13. 
 
 2°d CONJUGATION. 
 
 Imperfect ending in de. 
 
 Hora, to hear. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Present. 
 1 hear. 
 Jag hdrer 
 du hOrer 
 han hOrer 
 vi hdre 
 I h6ren 
 de liOra. 
 
 Perfect. Jag har hdrt, 
 
 Pin p erf. Jag ,iade hart, 
 
 Fnt\ire. Jag skall hOra, 
 
 Put. past. Jag skall hafva (ha) hort, I shall have heard. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. Jag hdre, or ma hdra, tliitl I may hear. 
 
 Lmperf Jag hOrde, or matte hdra, that I might hear. 
 Perfect. Jag ha foe hdrt, or jag md that I may have heard. 
 
 hafva hdrt, 
 Plnperf. Jag hade hdrt, or jag matte that I might have heard. 
 
 hafva hOrt, 
 Condi t. Jag sknlle hOra, I sliould hear. 
 
 Cond. p. Jag skulle hafva hUrt, I should have heard. 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 I heard. 
 Jag horde 
 du hdrde 
 han hdrde 
 vi hdrde 
 I harden 
 de horde. 
 
 I have heard. 
 1 had heard. 
 1 shall hear. 
 
84 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 horom, let us hear 
 
 hOren, (hOrer 1), hear ye. 
 
 hdr, hear 
 
 hdre (han), let him hear. 
 
 In fin itive. 
 
 Present. hOra, to hear. 
 
 Perfect, hafva hdrt, to have heard. 
 Future, skola hOra, to be about to hear. 
 
 Participles. 
 Present. hdrande, hearing. 
 
 Perfect. hafvande hOrt, having heard. 
 Supinum. hOrt, heard. 
 
 Future. skolande liOra, being about to hear. 
 
 Passive Voice, 
 
 Indicative. 
 Present. 
 
 I am heard. 
 Jag hdres, or dr hdrd 
 du hOres, - - - 
 
 han hdres, 
 vi hOres, 
 I hOrens, 
 de hOras, 
 
 Perfect. 
 Pluperf. 
 Fu ture. 
 
 - dro hdrda 
 
 - dren - 
 
 - dro 
 
 Jag liar horts, 
 Jag hade h6rls, 
 Jag shall hOras, 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I was heard. 
 Jag hordes (var hord) 
 du hordes 
 han hordes 
 vi hdrdes 
 I hOrdens 
 de hordes. 
 
 I have been heard. 
 I had been heard. 
 I shall be heard. 
 
 Fut. exact. Jag shall hafva hOrts, I shall have been heard. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Jag hOres (md hOras), that I may be heard. 
 Jag hordes (matte hOras), tliat I might be heard. 
 Jag hafve hOrts (md ha that I may have been 
 
 hOrts), heard. 
 
 Jag hade hOrts (matte that 1 might have been 
 
 ha hOrts), heard. 
 
 Jag shulle hOras, that I should be heard. 
 
 Jag shulle hafva hOrts, that I should have been 
 
 heard. 
 
 Present, 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Pluperf. 
 
 Condit. 
 Cond. p. 
 
85 
 
 hdrs, be heard 
 
 hOres (han), let him be lieard. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 hdroms, let us be heard 
 hdrens, be ye heard. 
 
 Infi n itive. 
 
 Present. hOras, to be heard. 
 
 Perfect, hafva hOrts, to have been heard. 
 Future, skola hOras, to be about to be heard. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Present, hdrandes, being heard. 
 
 Perfect, hafuande hOrts, having been heard and „hOrd'^ 
 
 Neut. hOrdt, Plural hOrde. 
 Future, skolande hOras, being about to be heard. 
 
 14. 
 
 2°<i CONJUGATION. 
 
 Imperfect ending in te. 
 
 Soka, to search. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Present. 
 
 I search. 
 Jag sOker 
 du sOker 
 han sOker 
 vi soke (a) 
 I sOken 
 de sdka. 
 
 Perfect. Jag har sOkt, 
 
 Pluperf, Jug hade sokt, 
 
 Future. Jag skall sOka, 
 
 Fut. exact. Jag skall hafva (ha) sOkt, 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. Jag sOke, or mii sOka, 
 Imp erf. Jag sOkte, or matte sOka, 
 
 Perfect. Jag hafva sOkt, or md 
 
 hafva sdkt, 
 
 Im perfect. 
 
 I searched. 
 Jag sdkte 
 du sOkie 
 han sdkte 
 vi sdkte 
 I sdkten 
 de sdkte. 
 
 I have searched. 
 I had searched. 
 I shall search. 
 I shall have searched. 
 
 that I may search, 
 that I might search, 
 that I may have 
 searched. 
 
86 
 
 Plnperf. Jag hade s^kt, or inalte that T might have searched. 
 
 hafva sokt, 
 
 Condit. Jag skulk sOka, I should search. 
 
 Cotid. p. Jag skulk hafva sGkl, I should have searched. 
 
 sdk, search 
 
 sOkey (han), let him search 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 sOkom, let us search 
 sdken, search ye. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Present. sOka, to search. 
 
 Perfect, hafva sokt, to have searched. 
 Future, skola soka, to be about to search. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Present. sdkande, searching. 
 
 Perfect. hafvande sOkt, having searched. 
 
 Sup in u m. sdkt, searched. 
 
 Future. skolande sdka, about searching. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Present. 
 
 I am searched. 
 Jag sokes 
 du sokes 
 han sokes 
 vi sOkas (es), 
 I sOkens 
 
 * 
 
 de sOkas. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I was searched. 
 Jag sOktes 
 du soktes 
 han sOktes 
 vi sOktes 
 1 sOktens 
 de sOktes. 
 
 Perfect. Jag har sOkts, 1 have been searched. 
 
 Plnperf. Jag hade sOkts, I had been searched. 
 
 Future. Jag skall sOkas, I shall be searched. 
 
 Flit. past. Jag skall hafva sOkls, I shall have been searched. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. Jag sOkes, md sOkas, that I may be searched. 
 Imp erf. Jag sOktes, mcUte sOkas, that 1 might be searched. 
 
87 
 
 Perfect. Jag hafve sokta lli.il I mny linve been searched. 
 
 (ma ha sulds), 
 Pluperf. Jag hade sukts that I might have been searched. 
 
 (matte ha sOkts), 
 Con (lit. Jag akulle sokas, I shouhl be searched. 
 Cond. p. Jag skidle hafva I should have been searched. 
 
 (ha) sOkts, 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 s&ks, be searched 
 
 sokes (han), lethim be searched. 
 
 sdkoms, let us be searclied 
 s6kens, be ye searched. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Present, sdkas, to be searched. 
 
 Perfect, hafva .wkts, to have been searched. 
 Future, skola sOkas, to be about to be searched. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Present, sdkandes, being searched. 
 
 Perfect, hafvande sOkts, having been searched, s6kt (PI. 
 
 m. sOkte, fem. and n. sOkia). 
 Future, skolande sdkas, being about to be searclied. 
 
 15. 
 
 The 3'«i CONJUGATION. 
 
 The following will serve as an example. 
 
 Draga, to draw. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Prese n t. 
 
 I draw. 
 
 Jag drager 
 da drager 
 han drager 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 I drew.. 
 Jag drag 
 du drog 
 han drog 
 
88 
 
 vi drage (a) vi drogo 
 
 I dragen 1 drogen 
 
 de draga. de drogo. 
 
 Perfect. Jag har dragit, I have drawn. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Present. Jag drage, or md drage, that I may draw. 
 Imp erf. Jag droge, that I might draw. 
 
 Imperat. drag, draw — dragen, draw ye. 
 Supinum. dragit, drawn. 
 
 Passive Voice* 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Present. Jag drages, I am drawn. 
 
 Imp erf. Jag drogs, I was drawn. 
 
 Perfect. Jag har dragits, I have been drawn. t 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 Imp erf, Jag droges, that I might be drawn. 
 vi drogos, that we might be drawn. 
 
 Partic. Perf. dragen (Neut. draget, PI. dragne), drawn. 
 
 16. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 I dag har jag arbetat for tva dagar. — Elden* sprakar^ 
 — Se^ huru'' smeden rar pa^ metallen. — Friden stores^ — 
 Sitt icke sa bedrOfvad. — Hvad har du glomt'? — Jag for- 
 behSller^ mig att N. inte utdelar^ nagra almosor*®. — Honom 
 skuUe jag forOdmjuka ". — Helena och Axel inkomma'l — 
 Han ma rSddas'^ — Jag spadde^* alltid'' sa. — Gud har 
 skapat*^ verlden. — Barnen hafva blifvit skapade. — Mennis- 
 
 1 e/rf, fire. 2 spraka, to crackle. 3 se, see. 4 how. 5 ra pa, to 
 get the better of. 6 stora, to disturb. 7 glomma, to forget. 8 fdr- 
 behalta sig, to reserve oneself. 9 vldela, to distribute. 10 at- 
 mosa, alms. 11 to humble. 12 to come in. 13 rddda, to save. 
 14 spa J to foretell. 15 always. 16 skapa, to create. 
 
89 
 
 korna hafva skapals. — J haden stiillt till" en liten bal. — 
 Skynda'* dig I — Skall jag kedjas'* i evighet? — Vi skola 
 losa dina kedjor'^". — I niorgon skolen J ha' skattat^'. — 
 Glomiiien aldrig^^, mina barn, alt alska mig. — MStte Gud 
 lOna" er far. — Han gar bort fran sin van. — Den mOrda- 
 des blod skulle pryda er slagga^'. — Bandet Sr slitet^' mel- 
 lan^' OSS. — Valan^^ sa g§I rym bort^ med bedragarn^'. — 
 Vi aro strafTade^" nog^'. — Han skyr mig. — En man som 
 friat tilP'' henne. — En alskad maka. — De voro generade 
 for att helsa pa^' mig. — Det skulle ha varit roligt^\ — Det 
 viintade jag inte. — Den pjes^^ som nu lemnas i allmanhe- 
 tens^^ bander bar bbfvit dOpt" och kallad med det namn. — 
 Giidi^® klagadt^M — Jag alskade honom. — Om ni horde 
 delta? — J retadens. — Tacksamheten ''" for alt"' man vardat 
 min barndom och beskyddat min mor binder mig nu vid en 
 slagf*^, hvars stollhet jag afskyr, och hvars nadeg&lva, det 
 namn jag bar"', maste betalas med min lefnads lycka. — 
 Han akte"" efter hasten"^ — Ett vilddjurs"^ sinne bodde"' 
 inom ''^ honom. 
 
 17 stalla till, to arrange. 18 make haste. 19 kedja, to chain. 20 the 
 chain. 21 skatta, to pay taxes. 22 never. 23 reward. 24 the 
 hammer. 25 slita, to tear. 26 between. 27 well then. 28 rymma 
 bort^ to escape. 29 the impostor. 30 straffu, to punish. 31 enough. 
 32 fria till, pay courtship to. 33 to salute. 34 agreeable. 35 piece 
 (theatrical). 36 the public. 37 dbpa, to baptize. 38 Gudi (anti- 
 quated Dative from „Gud''), God. 39 klaga, to complain. 40 gra- 
 titude. 41 that. 42 kindred, family. 43 bara, to bear. 44 aka, 
 to drive. 45 hast, horse. 46 wild animal. 47 bo, dwell. 
 48 within. 
 
 17. 
 
 The Kdleclive Verbs. 
 
 The Reflective Verbs in Swedish are formed by the Per- 
 sonal Pronouns: mig, dig, sig, oss, er, sig, as: 
 
 gifta sig, to marry oneself, 
 
 Jag gifler mig, I marry myself, 
 
 / giften er, you marry yourself, 
 
 giften I er? do you marry? 
 
 Some are conjugated as Deponentia, i. e. they take the 
 terminations of the Passive, without having ils definition, as: 
 
 glddjas, to rejoice oneself, 
 
 Jag glddjes, I rejoice myself. 
 
90 
 
 18. 
 
 The Intraiisitife Verbs. 
 
 Many intransitive verbs are conjugated in Swedish only 
 with Jiafva". The verb to strike, is used in Swedish as a 
 transitive and intransitive verb, as: 
 
 the clock has struck: klocken har slagit 
 
 and: klocken dr slagen. 
 
 19. 
 
 hnpersonai Verbs 
 
 are only used in the 3"^*^ Person Singular of the various tenses, 
 
 as: blixtra^ to lighten 
 
 det blixtrar, it lightens 
 
 det Uixtrade, it lightened 
 
 det skall blixtra, it will lighten. 
 
 20. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Vara bOner* skola niotas^ i den hinimel, som hojer sig 
 Ofver alia folk^ och lander. — Ett enda ord"* behofdes af din 
 far. — Nu en kyss, innan'' vi skiljas". — Under ett falskt 
 namn har du intrangt i mitt bus. — Jag minus' detta val. — 
 Det, tycker jag^, kunde han gora. — Sansa^ er, unge man I 
 
 — De hadangangne I'rojdas'" icke af att se tarar i mina Ogon. 
 
 — Han bras pa far sin. — J hafven trangts i dorrn. — 
 Hans hopp*^ har tyckts hvila pa haus faders likkista^^; redan 
 han ser honom nalkas^^ grafven. — De ha' kommit pa den 
 tanken'^ — Han ar inte kommen pa den tanken. — Det 
 regnai-'^ och haglar^^ — Det blixtrade och askade" igar.   
 
 1 prayer. 2 meet. 3 people. 4 word. 5 before. 6 depart. 7 min- 
 nas, to remember. 8 it appears to me. 9 recollect. 10 to rejoice. 
 11 hope. 12 coffin. 13 to draw near. 14 Die thought. 15 to 
 rain. 16 to hail. 17 to thunder. 
 
91 
 
 tf, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 e 
 
 CO 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 s s 
 
 
 <w 
 
 04 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <4^ 
 
 
 QJ 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 Oh 
 
 i-C 
 
 -o 
 
 xO 
 
 -O*.^ 
 
 •O 
 
 ••o 
 
 ~ ^ 5U S 
 
 »^ ,^ - 
 
 C*" <>' "^^ 
 
 <-. J^ s 
 
 -O -2> 1.0 
 
 5ii ^ ** »o o 
 
 ■^ ~« "^ 'TS -:' 
 
 •:, 5U *-. 
 *.. r- <4j 
 
 J". -^ ;2 
 
 e 
 
 s 
 c 
 
 • mm 
 
 s 
 CO 
 
 i; . . . . 
 
 *o • -^ •'!?:.•<»» . . . ^, -^ "O . . • .*- 
 
 -S -^ '::: "i? S -^ •« >- ^ •'^ -i<; 
 
 k 
 
 o 
 
 © 
 
 V 
 
 ^ 
 
 -e 
 
 ^ 
 
 b. 
 
 ■-'?r5 
 
 
 O) 
 
 •o 
 
 Ut 
 
 04 
 
 
 OS 
 
 ff 
 
 •«.* 
 
 
 MH 
 
 i^ 
 
 bJD 
 
 
 >0 (.O ►o'nO ►C>»<i"0"0<5^C>'^'^ 
 
 535 
 
 I I 
 
 I i 
 
 I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 on 
 
 a 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 TO 
 
 > O 
 
 •o 
 
 -« h 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 5-. 
 
 1^ ^ 
 
 •to 
 
 
 
 ^••^ 
 
 
 53 
 
 
 .o i«) »o^i«> fO"0»C)-«iS'>C5»c>~c:~s 
 
 ■as 
 
 1^ 
 <a) 
 
 
 s ^<t^< 
 
 I I I 
 
 a> 
 
 CO 
 
 .= .ti ^ S t- S s !- « ^^ "^^ - - -^ ^ 
 
 .S^.« Urn J^ J^ JZ -^ W 
 
 ocoooooooooocoocooc 
 
 
 
 s 
 c 
 
 Qi 
 •o 
 
 
 CM 
 
 •'A 
 
 e 
 ^ 
 
 "« 
 
 ^ « errs g « 
 
 >• s.»_ t^ *. V5 
 
 pO kO fO'xO f"© "O -o -o -o "O ^: ^5 ^! ^! ^i 
 
 S e ~« 
 
 r tt 5J 
 
92 
 
 4> 
 
 a. 
 
 CO 
 
 ea 
 
 Oh 
 
 CO 
 
 CL, 
 
 "S. 
 
 
 «3 
 
 
 S5 
 to 
 
 ^ S "li IP ^ '^ 
 
 
 CTi^cnoscrjcj^c^scrrj 
 
 
 "e ~« "e 2i 
 
 •<r^ S ^ 5 
 
 ^ 
 « 
 
 5^ i s i 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 C5. i' 
 
 'C 
 
 
 
 
 «S5 O^ O^ Ol 
 
 
 ^ S^ 5- ^53 
 <S5 Os ^ ^ 
 
 o 
 
 &J0 
 
 ^ V. ^ _^ ^ !» 
 
 sj "^ _ _ "^^ 
 
 « *^ ^ R,c?i-» 
 ^ _ S ••(3 '^ -« 
 
 e^ 'cw •c**^ ^-^.i 
 
 J*. •«« 
 
 ••?3 V. 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 IS 
 
 '53 SS 
 
 ,< ^«£ -=: -itf 
 
 o — ^ ** 
 
 ^ CO '^ 
 
 •<:~^ C <ii CS G 
 
 e — ^ 
 
 •O 53 
 
 5«. 
 
 OjCJ5&s53iC3l05&sOj 
 
 
 =0 
 
 OA 
 d 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 •o 
 
 •■c> 
 
 
 I; I; ^ 
 
 1^ 
 
 -< ^ 
 
 53 I • 
 
 S « 5ri 
 t, ixi 2^ 
 
 > 
 
 •^ 000 
 
 c 
 
 *S 
 
 > 
 
 o o 
 
 -a 
 
 CO 
 
 Ci-jq oa « '^ tie 
 
 o o o o o o 
 ■^^ ■♦J *j ■»-* .t-i ♦J 
 
 • • -2 • 
 
 • 05 re t« 
 
 O ™ O) 03 
 
 rs ^ ^ eo 
 0000 
 
 ^-^•H 
 
 ^ S^ 2 5 
 
 i^ ^ -s .^ 
 
 0000 
 
 
 B - c « e e ^» 
 
 
 53 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -as 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 53 
 
 
 53 
 
 5? 
 
 5? 
 
 ^ 
 
 !3 
 
 53 
 5^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 53 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■^j 
 
 
 
 
 
 *=) 
 
 e 
 
 «o 
 
 •■^ 
 
 •^ 
 
 3$ 
 
 -53 
 
 S 
 
 5?5 
 
 
 -SS 
 
 1-^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 -as 
 
 i-SS 
 
 ^ 
 
9i 
 
 93 
 
 2 - 
 
 CO 
 
 a 
 
 0^ 
 
 S ^ S 
 
 5 Sin ^ 
 
 c> s^ s 
 -^ -ic -is 
 
 1 -"^ 
 
 <u 
 
 <4i 
 
 e -^ •=• -^ 
 
 _ 53 S: <ii -:s -^ — 
 2^-^ ^ -2^ Oi ^ ^i ■•«o^ s 5r ^ « « :^ 
 
 s 
 
 9 
 
 .s 
 
 "a. 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 tfe 
 
 to 
 
 ^ -i; -i- -2^ 
 
 o^. 
 
 •^ *^ '^v. 2* ■•^ V3 
 
 ■ii 
 
 ^ 
 
 5C 
 
 o 
 o 5^ S 
 
 a 
 
 m 
 9i 
 
 « 
 
 .^^'S 
 
 o 
 
 
 C35 
 
 ^ ^ -i; ^ 
 
 
 «} 
 
 
 5^ 
 
 an 
 
 o ^ J2 S 
 
 .i: -i<! -^ r^ 
 
 
 I 
 
 O) 
 
 -Q 
 
 O 
 
 .Z. = l> > — 
 
 - o ^ £ 5 
 
 c X ~ C *- 
 
 « o «^ 
 
 ►5 o 
 
 o o o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ » Si s, -S 
 
 S <&H i~yH Cj-< i* 
 
 
 "e 
 
 ^ i^j 
 
 
 . 'as "« » ^ i» J*3 
 
 S -^ =o ssi >5 --Q e ^ § 
 
 <5i 
 
 •^ cl .^ 1-e •■« 
 
 S ft 8 g CM <=jH 
 
 <» 
 
 
 5- 
 
 
 <i> 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 •13 
 
 A> 
 
 s s S» ^^ S- S. » -^ 
 
 
 
 > s 
 
 
 ^ 
 "« 
 
 a; 
 
 
 5»> 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 « S O 
 -1 O) S ® ^ '^ 
 
 O) 
 
 -a 
 p to . . . *-' -^ 
 
 X V C •— .~ — O • — 
 
 3 ~ 
 
 o o q o o o 
 
 oooooocooooocooc 
 
 I « « 
 
 *=> -^ 5S •- 
 -is -ij •i: -^ 
 
 •«« "".-i •»<> >>*J> ~^-^» •■>««' f^ ~^ o*^ $S «5 S «^ «^ ^^ O" 0^< ^ 
 
 5s « «3 « e -T 
 
 ^T . e . e cT ^ 
 
 5 C: ^ e ^ -2 ^ 
 
 V3 
 
94 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 ft- 
 
 S 
 <» 
 
 fi 
 
 
 so 
 
 •o 
 
 
 
 -6 
 <>* 
 
 •*> 
 
 krifven 
 kuren 
 
 O 
 
 s 
 
 Oh 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *** 
 
 5?^ 
 
 
 5£ 
 
 
 
 
 C/5 
 
 VD 
 
 Vi 
 
 CO 
 
 V5 
 
 I CO >-. 
 
 CO 
 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 c 
 
 s 
 C/2 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 «*» 
 
 ~!S S S sj .s 
 
 
 «ow5Cows'co'ecre»scocoeoco«5 
 
 ■i 
 
 <o 
 
 5?5 ^ -'^S "te ,» i«is 5^ 
 -2 § S S o S^ cu, 
 
 CO «0 C/J CO CO CO co^ 
 
 e 
 
 S 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 §^ 
 
 -2 S S S o ?i, S5h 
 CO CO «c eo CO «o^ co^ 
 
 CO 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 • • • 
 
 • • 
 
 • • 
 
 Ho 
 
 
 
 • CO 
 
 
 
 • '"^a 
 
 
 
 
 
 o o 
 
 cj^-i; -r- — s, 
 
 S S£ S © 
 
 co' co-fis ,4:; 
 
 CO CO 
 
 ftj 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 
 S S S ."lij -^ 
 
 
 CO 
 
 o« !S «s •'51 -^ -^ -^ -i<s -is -^ -is 
 
 co&5''seo*'o*s«o«ocococo 
 
 
 CO 
 
 0:1 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 O — - 
 
 ■2 ,» 
 
 CO 
 
 <4i 
 
 ^ a S g 
 
 
 
 CO CO ws CO CO CO CO 
 
 I I 
 
 CO 
 
 a. 
 
 CO 
 
 c 
 
 en 
 
 Ctt 
 
 
 CO 
 
 In. 
 
 
 
 5n. 
 
 ^^^cocococo'cococococo CO 
 
 -is 
 
 CO 
 
 1^ 
 
 -as 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ~ 
 
 -5 a § s o ?i, Si 
 
 CO CO CO CO CO CO co^ 
 
 > -a 
 •- I 
 
 a O 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 • • • • "^ • 
 
 ' * • • tp ' 
 
 • • • • "^^ • 
 
 
 ooooooooooooo 
 
 0? 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 o o c o o o o 
 
 
 60 
 a 
 'iZ 
 
 c 
 
 .a 
 
 e 
 s 
 
 S. 2; cS ^-^ «*» .^^ i*id 
 
 ~5 ^ 'c-i -.^ •c-^'~», -s.^ l-SS "«<: riC »iC -iC '"«i 
 *» CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 
 
 C^*^ 3 e e £ 
 _ § S s o ?5h sa; 
 
 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 
 
 ots 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 so 
 
95 
 
 
 CA 
 
 
 ^^^ e^ c« c^ e^ c^ ------ - -^ ■« ._ 
 
 ^ ^ -w ft^ 
 
 '^ 
 
 V5 C/i Oj CC CO 05 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 ^^ -» 
 
 
 S 
 
 e 
 
 '5- 
 
 3 
 
 5/5 «C 
 
 'V 
 
 a 
 
 -is 
 
 V5 
 
 
 c: 2 » » s « 
 
 V-. VJ CC CC C/} V5 
 
 
 
 «5 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 » s 
 
 
 -2^ » -^ 
 
 "T2 
 
 f'^ *«i '♦o <»j' »-j 
 
 
 o 
 
 CT5 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 5- -"« -^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 o 
 =0 
 
 «»5 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 =0 
 
 CQCO»3V3CCV3CO^'>»^>^ '**» '*>^ '**' 
 
 o?3 
 
 03 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 ;::£>£>» 
 
 Cm 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 c 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 V 
 
 
 V3 
 
 ¥-8 
 
 
 *.r^ ^*^ ^#^ r^\ C^^ 
 
 •IS Jn. 
 
 ^ s> a » -IS •■« -e 
 
 
 
 
 cip V5</JCO«5«/35/5V5C/3tO<C!/S'»«"»>* 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 5^ «S ^ 
 
 
 ?^ *- i- 
 
 o o 
 
 • • • • (?j 
 
 3; c > --7 ^ o 
 
 oooooo^^o 
 
 0000000 
 
 o o 
 
 tC OJ 4J C 
 
 ^ t: -C J2 -:* 
 
 
 o o c c o 
 
 a 
 a 
 
 
 °s 
 
 a a 
 
 !S 
 
 •a ct5- 
 a -^s ■■=: 
 
 v;);c<QvjV3C/9«3<^V3V2Co«0 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ i § ^ 
 
96 
 
 OJ 
 
 
 
 ''^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cl, 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■*-3 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 (/I 
 
 
 s.^ ^_ 
 
 f-id 
 
 
 
 
 
 SO 
 
 
 
 (*«• 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 nS 
 
 • 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 
 "« 
 
 :2 
 
 •« 
 
 
 so 
 
 CL, 
 
 
 
 » 
 
 s 
 
 •^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 s 
 
 » 
 
 S) 
 
 
 » 
 
 s> 
 
 s> 
 
 s> 
 
 <» 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 c 
 
 'S- 
 
 a 
 
 WD 
 
 e 
 .«»» 
 
 
 c 
 
 s> s> s> 
 
 
 
 Od ^ — 
 
 •^ 
 
 i«,^ 
 
 
 
 ►le r2 .5^ 
 
 S » » 
 C I I 
 
 
 a 
 
 o © o 
 
 ts s ^ >» 
 
 .«c 
 
 
 
 ^ «^ «** 
 •S c -^ ••« >K<, 
 
 S> S) S> SioQ 
 
 , ^ OJ ^ 
 
 •S •« •«   ^ 
 
 s> «^ s> 
 
 •cs ^ 
 
 » --(S 
 
 1 I 
 
 fc» C« C« K, 
 
 P O 3 ^ 
 
 O O O O *j 
 
 -a ^ o !- cc 
 
 «n o TO ijD oj 
 
 © o o o o 
 
 e e s 
 s> S) d 
 
 
 .^ ^ es" 
 •« •« 5 
 
97 
 
 22 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Skomakaren' gOr suloi^ — llan liar sviirit borgareden'. 
 
 — Han har fatt lOn^ for sin liugfarcP. — Igar salde hon sina 
 nialmstakar^ och satte Ijusen^ i en Iriikloss. — Han h(>ll en 
 predikan^ sS att de grato allesamman. — Jag skref mitl mmn^ 
 
 — Det ar ratt gjordt. — L)e vilja icke fOrsla'° delta. — Jag 
 sag honom. — Han stod der, seende eller den gaende. — 
 Den som sljal min ara, han tar mitt lif**. — Om*- jag kiinde 
 fa mina manadspengar. — Det liar jag icke vetat. — Du 
 gjorde ratt. — Hvad har han stulit Iran dig? — Ni skall 
 siiart'^ bli bragt pel (till) tiggarstafven'\ — Hvem lade sten 
 efler sten pS detta turn*^? — Han log at min fruktan*^ — 
 De hade slagit lager i staden. — Han dt milt nadebrod. — 
 Hvad har ni gifvit honom? — Han utdrog en lada och fram- 
 tog ett eini. — Arma, ofvergifna" Laura 1 — Loftet ar adagdt. 
 
 — Han har gjort mig en vanljenst. — Hur gerna gafve jag 
 allt liir att fa detta. — Han gaf mig intet. — Han dog pa 
 friimmande'^ jord. — Vi fingo brefvet. — Hvar bar ni fall 
 delta. — Min son ar alerfunnen. — Han foil ned pa sina 
 kniin'* och grei billcrt. — Ingen tordes siiga sadant. — Han 
 torkar^° fiirstulet en lar ur sitt Oga. — Vi aro bedragne. — 
 Det fanns mildbet i ditt bjerta! — Han dolde sig. — Jag 
 har bundit honom. — Hon lag der och ni lat henne ligga. 
 
 — Sa lange bans bjerta slog. — Han bade afbrutit nagot. — 
 Osedd borer han hennes ord. — Han bar dott fOr mig. — 
 Byran" ar iippbruten, en stohP^ ar begangen. — Jag ar be- 
 stulen af min son och bedragen af min doende dotter. — 
 Han klappar^^ pa min slutna dorr. — Han dolde sitt nyss 
 skrifna bref. — Det blef sagdt. — Hon har dragit sin sista 
 suck. — De aro borldragne. — Har ban gifvit dig allt? — 
 Allt iir gifvet. — De vundna pengar. — Ett langvuxel skiigg". 
 
 — Jag bar funnit min son. — iMitt barn jlr funnel. 
 
 1 shoemaker. 2 sole. 3 allegiance. 4 reward. 5 pride. G bronze 
 candlestick. 7 candle. 8 sermon. 9 name. 10 understand. 
 11 life. 12 if. 13 soon. 14 beggar. 15 lower. 16 fear. 17 (o 
 neglect. 18 strange. 19 knee. 20 to dry. 21 desk. 22 theft. 
 23 to knock. 24 beard. 
 
 Leiistrom's Swedish Grammar. 
 
98 
 
 23 
 Adverbs. 
 
 1. The Adverbs are formed from the adjective by taking 
 the neuter of ihe adjective, or by adding to the root Jigen" 
 or Jiga", or if the adjective ends in lig, by adding en or t. 
 
 2. Those ending in ig, without an J" before this termi- 
 nation, and the Partic. l*erf. past, only add „«", as: klok, 
 clever, klokt; — sakta, quiet, sakta, sakteligen or sakteUga. 
 
 3. Adverbs admit a comparison, as: han handlar klokt, 
 klokare, klokast, he acts wisely, more wisely, most wisely. 
 
 4. Irregular are: vdl (bra, godt), good — bdltre, better, 
 bast, best — ilia (ddligt), bad — vdrre (sdm), worse, vdrst 
 (sdmst), worst — mycket, much — mer, more — mest, most. 
 
 24. 
 1. Adverbs of Place. 
 
 AUestddes, 
 
 everywhere 
 
 hit. 
 
 hither 
 
 annorstddes, 
 
 elsewhere 
 
 hit at. 
 
 this way 
 
 bak, 1 
 bakom, \ 
 
 behind 
 
 hitintill. 
 
 hitherto, to this 
 
 hdr. 
 
 here [time 
 
 bland, 
 
 between 
 
 hdri, 
 
 here in 
 
 bort, 
 
 away 
 
 hdrifrdn. 
 
 from hence 
 
 borta, borte. 
 
 absent 
 
 hdrvid. 
 
 herewith 
 
 ddr, der. 
 
 there 
 
 hdr och der. 
 
 here and there 
 
 derifran, 
 
 therefrom 
 
 hvar ? 
 
 where ? 
 
 der och hvar. 
 
 here and there 
 
 hvarifran ? 
 
 whence? 
 
 deremellan, 
 
 betwixt 
 
 hvarest, 
 
 where 
 
 dit. 
 
 thither 
 
 hvari. 
 
 where-in 
 
 dit in. 
 
 yonder there 
 
 hvaribland. 
 
 among which 
 
 dit ut, 
 
 out there 
 
 hvarifran. 
 
 whence 
 
 fram, 
 
 9 
 
 forward 
 
 hvaromkring. 
 
 where abouts 
 
 fram me, 
 
 in front 
 
 hvarpd, 
 
 where-upon 
 
 framdt. 
 
 forward 
 
 hvar till. 
 
 whereunto 
 
 framtill. 
 
 before 
 
 hvartunder. 
 
 by which 
 
 framfOre, 
 
 in the front 
 
 hvaruti(hvanit 
 
 -where-in 
 
 fOrbi, 
 
 by, past 
 
 innan), 
 
 
 hem, 
 
 home 
 
 hvarutafver, 
 
 where-at 
 
 hemma. 
 
 at home 
 
 hvarvid. 
 
 whereto 
 
99 
 
 hvardfver, 
 
 
 al which 
 
 ofvanpd, 
 
 upon 
 
 in. 
 
 
 ill 
 
 of van ifrdn, 
 
 down from above 
 
 inne, 
 
 
 within 
 
 pa, 
 
 on, upon 
 
 innanfdre, 
 
 
 from wilhiii 
 
 pa langt hall, 
 
 in the distance 
 
 ingenstddes, 
 
 
 nowhere 
 
 pa or till 1 
 
 hoger , pa or till 
 
 langtf 
 
 
 far 
 
 venaler, 
 
 to the right, lelt 
 
 midt. 
 
 
 midst 
 
 qvar, 
 
 behind 
 
 ned, 
 
 
 down 
 
 tillbaka, tilli 
 
 ygga, hackwards 
 
 nedanfOre, 
 
 
 below 
 
 till motes, 
 
 against 
 
 nedantill, 
 
 
 underneath 
 
 widan, 
 
 away 
 
 nere (nedre), 
 
 
 below 
 
 up, 
 
 up 
 
 nerf6re(nedf6 
 
 re) 
 
 , downwards 
 
 nppe, 
 
 above 
 
 nederst, 
 
 
 lowest 
 
 vppdt, 
 
 upwards 
 
 ndgonstddes, 
 
 
 anywhere 
 
 ut. 
 
 out 
 
 ndr (ndra), 
 
 
 near 
 
 ute. 
 
 without 
 
 ndst (ndrmai 
 
 n), 
 
 next 
 
 utan, 
 
 outside 
 
 omkriiKj, ikri\ 
 
 «£/» 
 
 about 
 
 nt an till. 
 
 from outside 
 
 opp (upp). 
 
 
 up 
 
 utfOr, 
 
 without, out. 
 
 25. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Han sUrider* framat och vandrar^ upp till skogen, och 
 ner till kalian^ der hloinnior'' viixte. — lion dromde^ sig in 
 i bergets skOna kryslallsalar. — Vi gingo ut. — Vi hlefvo 
 qvar. — Den gigantiska hergkedjan® stracker' sig veslerut och 
 sOderut. — Har stodo vi nara forsen^ som stortade sig ned i 
 djupen®, hvar morkret'" herrskar^' och der blolt^^ ormfOdan" 
 bor. — Har ar min van. — Forsarne storta sig utfor bergen 
 ned i afgrunderna^* och jag stSr midt ihland dessa scener. — 
 Det var roligtl — Haiitastenar beraita dunkelt om de maktiga 
 som varil. — Har bor elt folk. — Jag gar hem. — Ar lian 
 hemma? — Kom hit I — Vi resa hlirifran. — Pa andra sidan 
 om elfven^\ — Bakom huset, deri vi bodde. — Hvarifran kom 
 du? — Vi funno honom ingenstades. — Nagonstades maste 
 ban vara. — Trakten'" haromkring ar vild och dyster'^ — 
 Du gode gifvare der ofvan. — Forsen hvarvid jag lag. 
 
 1 advance. 2 Mander. 3 spring. 4 flower. 5 dream. 6 mountain- 
 chain. 7 extend. 8 stream. 9 depth. 10 dark. 11 reign. 
 12 only. 13 vipers and serpents. 14 abyss. 15 stream, river. 
 16 tract, region. 17 dark. 
 
IOC 
 
 
 26. 
 
 
 
 2. AdTcrb 
 
 of Time. 
 
 
 m, 
 
 already 
 
 Idngesen, 
 
 for some time 
 
 af alder, 
 
 of old 
 
 medan. 
 
 during 
 
 all t id, 
 
 always 
 
 nu, 
 
 now 
 
 aldrig, 
 
 never 
 
 nu far tiden, 
 
 at present 
 
 hittida, 
 
 early 
 
 nyligen. 
 
 lately 
 
 derefter. 
 
 afterwards 
 
 numera, 
 
 now 
 
 derpd. 
 
 thereupon 
 
 nyss. 
 
 just now 
 
 da, 
 
 then 
 
 ndnsin. 
 
 ever 
 
 da och da, 
 
 now and then 
 
 ofta. 
 
 often 
 
 emedlertid. 
 
 meanwhile 
 
 om morgonen, 
 
 in the morning 
 
 da fOrtiden, 
 
 at that time 
 
 om mornarne, 
 
 in the mornings 
 
 for do m, 
 
 formerly 
 
 om aftonen, 
 
 in the evening 
 
 fOrrdn, 
 
 ere, before 
 
 om aftnarne, 
 
 in the evenings 
 
 forut, 
 
 before, formerly 
 
 om f6rmiddagen,\n the forenoon 
 
 framdeles. 
 
 in future 
 
 omeftermidddgt 
 
 m, in the after- 
 
 hit tills. 
 
 hitherto 
 
 
 noon 
 
 hddanefter. 
 
 afterwards 
 
 om aret. 
 
 yearly 
 
 innan, 
 
 before 
 
 om veckan, 
 
 weekly 
 
 i ons, ihjons, 
 
 lately 
 
 om dagen. 
 
 in the day 
 
 ibland, 
 
 sometimes 
 
 om natten, 
 
 at night 
 
 i dag. 
 
 to-day 
 
 pa nytt. 
 
 newly 
 
 igen, 
 
 again 
 
 pa en gang. 
 
 at once 
 
 i gar, ^ 
 
 yesterday 
 
 pa stunden, 
 
 forthwith 
 
 i fOrgar, 
 
 the day before 
 
 i dfvermorgon, 
 
 the day a iter 
 
 
 yesterday. 
 
 
 to-morrow 
 
 imorgon(imorron), to-morrow 
 
 redan, 
 
 already 
 
 i morse, 
 
 this morning 
 
 rdlinu. 
 
 soon 
 
 i afton,\ 
 i qvdll,] 
 
 this evening 
 
 sedan, 
 sent. 
 
 afterwards 
 late 
 
 i aftes (i gar 
 
 afton), yesterday 
 
 snart. 
 
 soon 
 
 
 evening 
 
 strax, 
 
 directly 
 
 i fjor (i fjol), 
 
 , last year 
 
 sdllan, 
 
 rarely 
 
 i veckan, 
 
 weekly 
 
 tills, till, 
 
 until 
 
 i dr. 
 
 in this year 
 
 undertiden, 
 
 sometimes 
 
 innan. 
 
 within 
 
 dnnu, an. 
 
 not till now 
 
 innan kort. 
 
 shortly 
 
 dter, 
 
 again 
 
 i lid. 
 
 in time 
 
 drligen. 
 
 yearly 
 
 i otid, 
 
 at the wrong time 
 
 dtiyo, 
 
 again. 
 
 Idnge, 
 
 long 
 
 
 
101 
 
 27. 
 Examples. 
 Han gaf aldrig befallning* om nSgot. — Hon salt, som 
 vanligt, forsjiinken^ i tyst^ svarmorr, ocli framfOr henne ISg 
 en bok i hvilken hon nyligen hade liist; liiiiefter Stertog^ hon 
 sin fOrra slallning*. — Han §ter vagade delta. — 1 dag fingo 
 vi elt bref. — Jag fick brclvet i forger. — I fjor bar jag varit 
 i Paris. — Min Onskan' nnmera ar att vara allena. — Hon 
 gick nu. — Hon skref slutligen® foljande' bref. — Det Hr 
 lOr sent. — Han kan ej mera se. — Jag ser iinnu intet mal. 
 — Delta ar ibiand fOrfiirHgt *". — Da skuUe ban icke do. — 
 Han skall komma innan kort. — Jag grater om dagen och 
 om natten. — Jag onskar dagen vore Ofver igen. — Fordom 
 alskade jag bonom, nu for tiden ar ban mig bkgiltig" och 
 snart skall jag bata'^ bononi. — Jag sag bonom nyss. — Jag 
 kommer strax. 
 
 1 order, command. 2 sink into. 3 still, dumb. 4 melancholy. 5 to 
 retake. 6 position. 7 the wish. 8 finally. 9 following. 10 ter- 
 rible. 11 indifferent. 12 hate. 
 
 28. 
 3. Adverbs of Number and Comparison. 
 
 Allenast, 
 
 only, solely 
 
 lagom. 
 
 just enoug 
 
 aUdramest, 
 
 most 
 
 inlet. 
 
 nothing 
 
 alldeles, 
 
 entirely 
 
 mera, 
 
 more 
 
 en gang, 
 
 once 
 
 mindre, 
 
 less 
 
 en annan gang, 
 
 another time 
 
 minst, 
 
 least 
 
 endast, 
 
 only alone 
 
 mycke, mycket, very much 
 
 bara, 
 
 only 
 
 nog. 
 
 enough 
 
 bra, 
 
 very 
 
 nogsamt, 
 
 sulficienlly 
 
 blott, 
 
 only 
 
 ndgongdng, 
 
 sometimes 
 
 ytterst. 
 
 extremely 
 
 ndgot. 
 
 something 
 
 for, 
 
 for mycket. 
 
 too 
 
 too much 
 
 ndgorlunda, 
 
 f something 
 \ somehow 
 
 ganska. 
 
 quite 
 
 odndligen, 
 
 infinitely 
 
 hOgst, 
 
 at most 
 
 rikeligen, 
 
 sufficiently 
 
 foga, 
 
 little, not very 
 
 rati. 
 
 rightly 
 
 just, 
 
 just so 
 
 till. 
 
 to, till 
 
 knappt, 
 
 scarcely 
 
 tcLmligen, 
 
 tolerably 
 
 litet, 
 
 little 
 
 Ofvermdttan, 
 
 excessively. 
 
102 
 
 29. 
 Examples. 
 Jag sag honom en gang och henne nagongSng. 
 
 En 
 
 annangang skall du icke fa detta. — Jag ville bara se honom 
 annu en gang. 
 
 - Jag skall blott fa veta, hvad du allid bar 
 nekat\ — Han begiirde^ mycket, men jag gaf bonom intet. 
 — Hon blef bra ond^, ocb bade fOga lust att fOrsvara'* bo- 
 nom. — Sadant ar aldeles icke en helig^ pligt®. — Del ar 
 nagorlunda vigtigt'. — Han lyckte oandligen derom. 
 
 1 to deny. 2 to demand. 3 cross. 4 to defend. 5 holy, sacred. 
 6 duty, 7 important. 
 
 
 
 30. 
 
 
 4. AdTcrbs of Manner and Hind. 
 
 Annars, 
 
 else 
 
 gOraenilag, io please one 
 
 annorlunda, 
 
 olbervvise 
 
 i sender, at a time 
 
 bom, 
 
 amiss 
 
 / sOnder, asunder 
 
 bra, 
 
 well 
 
 inbOrdes, among oneanotber 
 
 hlindvis. 
 
 at random 
 
 Iditeligen (Idtt), easily 
 
 bakfram, 
 
 awkwardly 
 
 Idngt ifrdn att, far from 
 
 hakldnges, 
 
 backwards 
 
 likasd, \ ,., 
 
 1.1 1 J > hkewise 
 
 likaledes,] 
 
 baJivdnd(, 
 
 preposterously 
 
 enligt. 
 
 conformably 
 
 miste, amiss 
 
 enkom, 
 
 solely 
 
 med rdtta, in justice 
 
 eljest. 
 
 else, otbervvise 
 
 makligen, comfortably 
 
 fafdngt, 1 
 
 
 noga, exactly 
 
 forgdfves,] 
 
 111 Vdlll 
 
 ofOrvarandes, accidentally 
 
 fort, 
 
 quickly 
 
 pa ma fa, at random 
 
 for intet. 
 
 for notbing 
 
 rent af, outrigbt 
 
 for ro skull. 
 
 in jest 
 
 rent ut, simply 
 
 falskt, 
 
 falsely 
 
 rdlt frain, straight forward 
 
 gerna, 
 
 willingly 
 
 sa sdledes, salunda, so tbus 
 
 hogt, 
 
 aloud 
 
 sammalundd, equally 
 
 hdndelsevis, 
 
 by accident 
 
 sa der, ibus — tbus [by 
 
 ilia, 
 
 badly 
 
 smaningom, by degrees, by and 
 
 i go do, 
 
 amicably 
 
 sakla, quietly 
 
 i synnerhet, 
 
 especially 
 
 sinsemellan, amongst each other 
 
 i synen, 
 
 in Ibe face 
 
 svarligen, wiib difliculty 
 
 i smyg, 
 
 secretly 
 
 sa vid lag, so about 
 
103 
 
 sOnder, 
 
 broken 
 
 tillfots, 
 
 on foot 
 
 till och med, 
 
 even 
 
 ntrikes, 
 
 aliroad 
 
 tvdrt, 
 
 all at once 
 
 ntantill, 
 
 hy heart 
 
 tvdrt af. 
 
 clean of 
 
 tyst. 
 
 silently 
 
 tvdrt om, 
 
 on the contrary 
 
 vdl. 
 
 well 
 
 tillsalu, 
 
 for sale 
 
 a rad. 
 
 in turn 
 
 tillkorta. 
 
 too short 
 
 dfvensa , 
 
 equally so 
 
 till ho pa, 1 
 tillsamman,] 
 
 together 
 
 (jfverens, 
 afverhufvud, 
 
 agreed 
 
 on an average 
 
 till handa,] 
 
 at hand 
 
 Omsesidig, 
 
 reciprocal 
 
 till hands,] 
 
 Omsevis, 
 
 variable. 
 
 till fata, 
 
 at the feet 
 
 
 
 31. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 SSledes maste jag fa doM — Det Sr val gjordt. — Hon 
 sade sakta, jag ser dig gerna. — Det var fSfangt. — Kan du 
 se din far arligt^ i ogonen? — Jag bar just ett Srende^ till 
 Er. — De gingo tillhopa. — De vaxte smaningom. — Det ar 
 sakert en stor summa. — Det kan inte bh annorlunda, det 
 maste vara salunda. — Det ar bia. 
 gen om. — Vi togo misle'* 
 Utan tvifveP kiinner ni honom. — Jag ar till och med Ofver- 
 tygad. — Alskens inbOrdesl — Han sade det pa mafa. — 
 Tyst, for himlens skull. — De ofverfollo^ honom oforvarandes. 
 
 — Vi mottes handelsevis pa gatan. 
 
 3 commission. 4 to go astray. 5 without 
 
 Han vander sig makli- 
 — Han sag no;,^a pS mio^. 
 
 Jag kommer tillkorta 
 
 1 to die. 
 doubt. 
 
 2 lionest. 
 6 a Hack. 
 
 32. 
 5. Iiulefiiiite Adverbs. 
 
 Alldeles inte (icke), by no means 
 alls inte, not at all 
 
 ej, not 
 
 ej heller, neither 
 
 fdrmodlirjen, probably 
 
 hdller, hdlire (hellre), rather 
 
 hdlst (helsl), much rather 
 
 far in gen del, by no means 
 
 icke (inte), not (nothing) 
 
 i alia fall, at any rate 
 
 icke en gang, not once 
 
 ingalunda, in no wise 
 
104 
 
 icke dess mindre, 
 
 not withstand- 
 
 manne? 
 
 if perhaps? 
 
 
 ing 
 
 min sann! 
 
 my faith! 
 
 icke det minsta, 
 
 not in the least 
 
 ma gdra, 
 
 very well I 
 
 ihjdl, 
 
 to death 
 
 ndr, sa ndr, 
 
 nearly about 
 
 jo, yes (in replj 
 
 ' to a negation) 
 
 ndslan, 
 
 almost 
 
 ja, 
 
 yes 
 
 nej, 
 
 no 
 
 ja men, 
 
 yes 
 
 sannerligen, 
 
 surely 
 
 ju, 
 
 yes, surely 
 
 sdkert, 
 
 certainly 
 
 ju — ju, 
 
 the — the 
 
 nngefdr, 
 
 about 
 
 kanske, 
 
 perhaps 
 
 vida, 
 
 far 
 
 likvdl, likvist, 
 
 nevertheless 
 
 vdlan, 
 
 well then. 
 
 
 33. 
 
 
 
 Exam 
 
 pies. 
 
 
 kv ni lyrklig? — Det ar jag alldeles icke. — Manne det 
 ar sannt? — Koni hit, ju forr, ju battre. — Det vill jag 
 heller icke gOra. — Jag ville heist resa* till Wien, i alia fall 
 blir jag icke i Hamburg. — Kanske ni reser med mig. — 
 Du bar min sann ralt'^ — Nej, jag gar icke allena. — Hon 
 foil till bans fotter, icke dess mindre vagrade^ han henne 
 f(5rlatelse\ — Heter^ det icke sa? jo, min van. — Hvad ar 
 klockan manne? 
 
 1 travel. 2 right. 3 refuse. 4 pardon. 5 to call, to name. 
 
 34. 
 Prepositions. 
 
 1. Simple Prepositions. 
 
 ^f. 
 
 from, out 
 
 bland, 
 
 amongst 
 
 efter, 
 
 behind, after 
 
 enligt. 
 
 according 
 
 [ran, 
 
 from 
 
 for, 
 
 for 
 
 genom. 
 
 through 
 
 hos. 
 
 with, by 
 
 if 
 
 in 
 
 jemte, near, by, beside 
 
 kring, around 
 
 Idngs, along 
 
 med, with 
 
 medelst, by means of 
 
 mellav, between 
 
 mot, against, towards 
 
 om, on, over 
 
 pa, 
 
 on, upon, to 
 
105 
 
 till, to 
 
 under, under 
 
 wr, out 
 
 utan, ulom, without 
 
 vid, near, by 
 
 at, against, on, to 
 
 afver, over. 
 
 Bakorriy 
 
 ibland^ 
 
 ifran, 
 
 framfdry 
 
 igenom, 
 
 innanfOVy 
 
 intill, 
 
 Hiring, omkring, 
 
 utmed, 
 
 formedelst^ 
 
 imellan, emellan^ 
 
 emot, 
 
 nedanfOr^ 
 
 ofvarifOr, 
 
 35. 
 
 2. Compound Prcitositions. 
 
 utaf, 
 
 utanfOr, 
 
 hredvidy 
 
 (in da till, 
 
 oahadt, 
 
 tvdrsOfver, 
 
 behind 
 
 between 
 
 from 
 
 before 
 
 through, by 
 
 within 
 
 until 
 
 round, about 
 
 along 
 
 by means of 
 
 between 
 
 against 
 
 below 
 
 over, above 
 
 upon 
 
 from 
 out of 
 near 
 
 until [ing 
 
 noth withstand- 
 opposite 
 
 pa denna sidan om, this side 
 till foljd (i fOlje) af, accord- 
 
 ing to 
 
 for — skull, on account of 
 / stdllet for, instead 
 i kraft af by virtue 
 ya - vdgnarA ^_^ ^^,^^,f „f_ 
 for — skull, J 
 
 36. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Fuktdroppens^ fall* i djupa grufvor' urhalkar* den mark', 
 pa hvilken den faller. — Backens^ sorF der den leker sig 
 frani^ mellan grona briiddar'. — Det ar ett rop'° om glildje" 
 deri. — Skyar'^ draga ofver trakten, under sommailika'^ dagar. 
 — Den skimrande*^ droppen*^ fOrskingrades*^ af en tillfallig*'' 
 vind. — Vid backens braddar. — Domherrarne'* med purpur- 
 brost boppade'^ pa den klara snOn'^". — Han kom at alt 
 ploja upp'^* sin jord mellan snovallarne^* rundt omkring. — 
 
 1 rain drops. 2 fall. 3 mines. 4 to undermine. 5 ground. 6 the 
 stream. 7 murmur. 8 to wind round from. 9 bank. 10 cry. 
 11 joy. 12 cloud. 13 summer-like. 14 glitter. 15 drop. 16 to 
 scatter. 17 accidental. 18 bullfinch. 19 jump. 20 snow. 
 21 plough up. 22 snowwall. 
 
106 
 
 Man alvte pa skidor^' Ofver fjallen^\ — Han lyssnar^ till min 
 asigt^^ — De masle arbeta for dagligt brOd. — Del ar en sak 
 af vigt^^ — Hon iir dotter af (till) baron N. — Det horde 
 jag af honom. — Jag kom fran Paris. — Susannas lijerla 
 slog af gladje''^ — Elan sade delta for min skull. — Jag vill 
 gOra delta i stallot for honom. — I krafl af lagens^^ ord^°. 
 
 — Enligl sin inslinkl. — De undfagnade^^ inga komphmenter. 
 
 — De vaggade fram ofver grasplanen. — Tva skalor^^ blefvo 
 qvar vid boel^^ — De logo detta ur kojan. — Hon slrackle 
 halsen at honom. — Jag brydde^* mig ej om delta. — Jag 
 fOrlorade all vanskap^^ for honom. 
 
 23 snowskates. 24 mountain. 25 listens. 26 opinion. 27 im- 
 portace. 28 of joy. 29 law. 30 wording. 31 to treat eacli other. 
 32 magpie. 33 nest. 34 bry sig, to care about. 35 friendship. 
 
 37 
 Idiomatic use of the Prepositious. 
 
 Af, utaf. By, of, on, wilh, off. 
 
 Denne malning ar utaf Hr. B. 
 Gossen skickades af sin fader. 
 Arbelel ar af varde. 
 Brefvct af den 6*®. 
 Han tog af till venster. 
 De voro ulom sig af gladje. 
 
 This painting is by Mr. B. 
 The boy was sent by his father. 
 The worl< is of value. 
 The letter of the 6*^. 
 He turned off to the left. 
 They were beside themselves 
 wilh joy. 
 
 In the following sentences af cannot be translated: 
 
 Del blef ej af. 
 
 jNog af, du ser honom inte 
 
 mer. 
 Kan herrn icke sla af nagot? 
 Han log lil'vet af sig. 
 De kladde af sig. 
 Han kom af sig. 
 He pet gick af. 
 Han lut taga af sig. 
 
 It did not take place. 
 
 Well, you will see him no 
 
 more. 
 Can you not deduct a hllle? 
 He killed himself. 
 They undressed. 
 He forgot his part. 
 Tlie rope broke. 
 He had his portrait taken. 
 
107 
 
 Efter. After, at, by, according to, for. 
 
 flan kom elter mig. He came after me. 
 
 Jern saljes efler vigt. Iron is sold by wcigbt. 
 
 Jag lanar efter sex procent. I lend at six per cent. 
 
 Ar kliidet efter din onskan? Is the clolii accordinw to vour 
 
 wish ? 
 
 Soldaten hade skickat efter sin The soldier had sent for his 
 hiist. horse. 
 
 Efter is often used in a colloquial style as a conjunction, 
 in the meaning of as: Efter han vUl sd hafoa det , as he 
 will have it so. 
 
 Emot. Against, towards, contrary to. 
 
 Jag sprang emot honom i I ran against him in the dark. 
 
 mOikret. 
 
 De voro myckct goda emot They were very kind to the 
 
 barnet. child. 
 
 Klockan var emot 12 da han II was towards 12 o'clock when 
 
 kom. he came. 
 
 Flickan gick dit emot min on- The girl went there contrary 
 
 skan. to my wish. 
 
 Vi gingo emot honom. We went to meet liim. 
 
 For. For, from. 
 
 111". B. rostar icke for mig. Mr. B. does not vote for me. 
 Ingen menniska ar fri fran fel. No human being is free from 
 
 faults. 
 
 F6r is used in the following idiomatical expressions: 
 
 Hvad liar hon for sig nu? What is she about now? 
 
 Han ville vara for sig sjelf. He would be by himself. 
 
 Del skall vlil ga for sig. That will surely succeed. 
 
 Han rar icke for det. He cannot help it. 
 
 Tag dig till vara for honom. Beware of him. 
 
 Det gick mycket ilia for mig. I was very unfortunate. 
 
 Jag anklagade honom for det. I accused him of that. 
 
 Genom, igcnom. Througli, by. 
 
 Barnet gick igenom rununeU The cliilil went through the 
 
 room. 
 
108 
 
 Ilan vann sitt Sndamal genom He gained his object by per- 
 
 ihardjoliet. severance. 
 
 Genom bonom fick jag veta I heard of this through him. 
 
 detta. 
 
 Hos. At, witli, in, to, by. 
 
 De hade frammande hos Hr. S. 
 Boktryckaren var hos bonom 
 
 i gar. 
 Han bor hos Ur. L. 
 De hafva aWrig varit hos mig. 
 
 Han var i liira hos Hr. B. 
 Jag skickar hosfoljande href. 
 Han hade inga pengar p§ sig. 
 Vi gora inte sa hos oss. 
 
 Kom och sitt hos mig. 
 
 Han afundas dygder hos andra. 
 
 They had a party at Mr. S*s. 
 
 The printer was with him yes- 
 terday. 
 
 He lives at Mr. L's. 
 
 They have never been at my 
 house. 
 
 He was apprenticed to Mr. B. 
 
 I send the accompanying letter. 
 
 He had no money about him. 
 
 We do not do so in our coun- 
 try (family). 
 
 Come and sit by me. 
 
 He envies virtue in others. 
 
 /, in. In, at, to, on, up, a, next. 
 
 Kapten S. bar varit i Bom. 
 I bOrjan sag jag ingenting. 
 Sommerskan var har i dag. 
 
 Gesallen far tjugu riksdaler i 
 
 veckan. 
 Karlarne satte huset i brand. 
 Jag skall packa in mina saker. 
 De kommo in en i sender. 
 Du skall dricka i bolten. 
 1 pingst skall jag fara dit. 
 
 I vintras var del mycket kalll. 
 Var du der i fjol? 
 
 Captain S. has been in Bome. 
 
 At first I saw nothing. 
 
 The seamstress was here to- 
 day. 
 
 The journeyman has twenty 
 riksdalers a week. 
 
 The men set the house on fire. 
 
 I will pack up my things. 
 
 They came in one at a time. 
 
 You shall drink it all. 
 
 Next Whitsuntide I shall go 
 there. 
 
 Last winter it was very cold. 
 
 Were you there last year? 
 
 Ibland, bland. Among, sometimes. 
 
 Boken ISg ibland mina saker. The book lay among my things. 
 Vi liisa Tyska ibland. We read German sometimes. 
 
 Ibland kom ban till oss. Sometimes he came to us. 
 
109 
 
 Med. With, of, also, to, in, at. 
 
 Officeren hade Iva soklater The officer iiad two soldiers 
 
 iiied sig. wilh him. 
 
 Taflaii var full med hal. The picture was full of holes. 
 
 Var du iclie der med? Were you not also there? 
 
 Gossen fir slcigl med dem. The boy is related lo them. 
 
 God natl med er. Good night to you. 
 
 Jag s3g intet fel med henne. I saw no fault in her. 
 
 Han fidlde oxen med ett slag. He felled the ox at a hlow. 
 
 Om. Of, ahouf, at, in, for. 
 
 Han tog honom om lialsen. He put his arms round his necL 
 
 Hvad var det hon take om? What was it she was speal\ing 
 
 about? 
 
 Du fSr gOra om delta. You must do this again. 
 
 De kommo om nalten. They came at night. 
 
 Hvad skola vi spela om? What shall we play for? 
 
 Du kan komma igen om en You can come again in a 
 vecka. week. 
 
 Pd. On, of, for, by, in, at. 
 
 Det ligger pS bordet. It lies on tiie table. 
 
 Han var afundsjuk pS honom. He was jealous of him. 
 
 S3som bevis p^ sanningen. As proof of the truth. 
 
 De hade vantat pa vagnen. Tiiey had waited for the car- 
 
 nage. 
 
 Jag kSnde bonom pa giingen. I knew him by bis walk. 
 
 Ar det icke pa modet nu? Is it not in fashion now? 
 
 Han sade det pa skamt. He said it in jest, 
 
 Att vara viss pa nagot. To be sure of any thing. 
 
 Jag var icke Ijeredd pa det. I was not prepared for that. 
 
 iNar var du pa spektaklet? When \Yere you at the theatre? 
 
 Vi sutto pa liiktaren. We ^at in the gallery. 
 
 Gossen kastade en sten pa The boy fking a stone al her. 
 
 henne. 
 
 Han blef snart trOlt pa det. He was soon tired of that. 
 
 Till {tills, conj.). To, by, at, till, in, on, another. 
 
 Ofversten skickade honom till The colonel sent him to me. 
 
 mig. 
 
 Vill du icke bafva en kopp till? Will you not have another cup? 
 
 B. ar snickare till yrket. B. is a carpenter by trade. 
 
no 
 
 Jagltanner lionom tillutseeTide. 
 Hr. B's son ar till sjOs. 
 Jag ar till er tjenst. 
 Han var till hast. 
 V^anta tills pg kommer. 
 Hans egendom griinsade till 
 
 min. 
 Vi voro der till klockan elfva. 
 
 I know him by sight. 
 
 Mr. B's son is at sea. 
 
 1 am at your service. 
 
 He was on horse-back. 
 
 Wait until 1 come. 
 
 His estate bordered on mine. 
 
 We were 
 o'clock. 
 
 there till eleven 
 
 In the followino^ sentences till is not translated. 
 
 Han lag till sangs. 
 
 Jag skall lagga mig till den 
 
 hoken. 
 Han var icke till da. 
 Oscar krOntes till konung. 
 Huru star det till? 
 Jag har gjort honom till viljes. 
 Han tecknade det till minnes. 
 
 He kept his bed. 
 
 1 shall get that book. 
 
 He did not exist then. 
 Oscar was crowned king. 
 How do you do? 
 I have done as he wished. 
 He made a memorandum of it. 
 
 Vid. At, of, from, near, by, on. 
 
 Vi sutto vid bordet. 
 
 Han har blifvit ledsen vid den 
 
 hoken. 
 Jag skildes vid honom. 
 Huset hgger vid floden. 
 
 En person vid namn S. 
 Vid (pa) min heder. 
 Vid borjan. 
 Vid soldalens ankomst. 
 
 We sat at the table. 
 
 He has become tired of that 
 
 book. 
 I was separated from him. 
 Tlie house stands near the 
 
 river. 
 A person by name S. 
 On my honour. 
 At the beginning. 
 On the soldier's arrival. 
 
 Under. Undei', beneath, below, during. 
 
 Han har lefvnt under mitt tak. 
 lion ar under sin syster i 
 
 franskan. 
 Det var under bans vardighet. 
 Under Georg IV tid. 
 Det var under fOrevandnine: att. 
 
 He has lived under my roof. 
 She is not up to her sister 
 
 in French. 
 It was beneath his dignity. 
 During the time of Georg IV*^. 
 It was under pretence of. 
 
 Utom. Beyond, besides, beside, without. 
 
 Fangen gick utom vallarne. The prisoner went beyond the 
 
 walls. 
 
Ill 
 
 Han har lv§ rum utom denna 
 
 vaning. 
 
 Manneii var utom sig. 
 
 Vi spatserade utom griinserna. 
 
 He lias two rooms besides \h\i 
 
 floor. 
 The man was beside himself. 
 >Ye were walking outside the 
 
 boundaries. 
 
 38. 
 Conjunctions. 
 
 Och, 
 
 and 
 
 
 eljest. 
 
 else 
 
 ock, ocksa, dfven 
 
 , also 
 
 alUsdj sdledes. 
 
 so, also 
 
 bade — och, \ 
 sd vdl — som,] 
 
 as — as 
 
 derfOre, 
 fOljakteligen, 
 
 therefore 
 consequently 
 
 ju—ju, 1 
 ju — dess,\ 
 
 the — the 
 
 da, 
 ndmligen, 
 
 tliere 
 namely 
 
 som ock, 
 
 as also 
 
 sdsom, viz, for example, 
 
 eller, 
 
 or 
 
 
 lor instant 
 
 deels — deels, 
 
 partly-parlly 
 
 fdrst. 
 
 firstly 
 
 antingen— eller. 
 
 either — or 
 
 for del andra. 
 
 secondly 
 
 hvarken— eller, 
 
 neither — noi 
 
 samt. 
 
 1 at the same 
 ,j time, also 
 
 ej heller. 
 
 nor 
 
 med detsamma 
 
 vdl, 
 nog, 
 
 indeed 
 certainly 
 
 vidare, 1 
 ylterligare,] 
 
 further 
 
 fast, fastdn. 
 
 
 dnnu vidare. 
 
 further more 
 
 ehnni, ehuruvdl, 
 
 > although 
 
 derpd. 
 
 thereupon 
 
 antingen. 
 
 %H« & V   ' V X-9 M^ AA 
 
 i Ofrigt, 
 
 moreover 
 
 dnskdnt, 
 
 
 ding 
 
 dndlligen, 
 
 at last 
 
 oaktadt, 
 
 notwiths 
 
 tan- 
 
 slntligen, 
 
 finally 
 
 men. 
 
 but 
 
 dessutom, 
 
 besides 
 
 dock. 
 
 yet 
 
 ty, for. 
 
 for 
 
 likvdl, how 
 
 ever, although 
 
 erne dan, efier. 
 
 because 
 
 deremot, 1 on the contrary 
 tvartom,] on the other hand 
 
 att, 
 
 that 
 
 for att. 
 
 that 
 
 utan, 
 
 but 
 
 pd det. 
 
 that 
 
 am, 
 
 if 
 
 hvarfOrey 
 
 therefore 
 
 sdframtA 
 derest, J 
 
 if in how far 
 
 ndr, 
 da. 
 
 if, when 
 there, as 
 
 i fall, 
 
 in case 
 
 i det. 
 
 whilst 
 
 bara, 
 
 if only 
 
 me dan, 
 
 during which 
 
 ndr^ 
 
 if, when 
 
 
 sedan. 
 
 after 
 
112 
 
 hvarefter^ whereupon 
 fOrrdn, before 
 som, how, since 
 
 sa som, 
 
 as 
 
 
 likaledes, likewise 
 
 (in, 
 
 as, 
 
 when. 
 
 39. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Han gick ut med drangar, och stalfolk och sysselsatte sig 
 
 med att borlrOdja stenarne, samt upprOjde* giasmarker. — Mitt 
 
 hjerta slog ocksS af nOje, nar jag sSg honom eller henne. — 
 
 Jag besOkte henne, for att erballa ett glas mjOlk^; deremol 
 
 gaf jag henne en blonima. — Bara ban inte vore s§ hiiftig; 
 
 men i bjertat sitter det ej, ty battre hjerta finnes ej. — Skulle 
 
 vi ej med detsamma kasta^ en l)lick in i Susannas hjerta? — 
 
 Jag var der medan 1 voren bemma. — Slulhgen blef han 
 
 qvar. — Saval katten* som lejonet^ aro rofdjur. — Jag bar 
 
 hvarkeu tid eller lust, sade han andthgen , i det han vande 
 
 honom ryggen. — Jag ar ombytlig emedan de inte aro be- 
 
 standiga. — Fastan jag ar lycklig. — Da jag kiinner dig skall 
 
 jag saledes icke klaga, dessutom Sr du nu lugn. — Hon ar 
 
 lyckligare an bade du och jag. — Det ar nog sannt. — Oak- 
 
 tadt din hand darrar*. — I fall han ser mig. — Jag vill dela 
 
 dina qval, ty jag ar din van, om an du ej tror delta. — Tror 
 
 ni sadant, da skall ni engang vakna med fasa. — Antingen 
 
 jag vaa* eller ej askadare'. 
 
 1 to make. 2 milk. 3 to throw. 4 cat. 5 lion. 6 to tremble. 
 7 spectator. 
 
 40. 
 
 Interjections. 
 
 Ah^ ah^ aj\ ack. 
 
 Hh, fy, ha, hi, hej\ ho, hUj hut 
 
 0, St, ve, aha. 
 
 Korsl what the deuce! 
 
 Bevarsl Gu' bevars! God forbid! 
 
 Gunas! Mercy on me! Vdlan! well! 
 
 Nana da! well, well! thanks! 
 
 Hor nu! listen! hitdt! this wayl 
 
 Tyst! silence! 
 
PART III. 
 
 Reading LessoniJ. 
 
 I. Prose. 
 1. 
 
 Det ganila Norge, 
 By Bremer. 
 
 Forr a'n nagon sang af gladje eller af sorg blifvit uppsand 
 ar Norges dalar, loir an nagon rok uppsligit nr (less hyddor, 
 nagon yxa fallt ett trad i dess skogar, fOrr Sn konung Nor 
 gick ul fran Jotunhem fOr alt soka sin bortrOfvade syster och 
 drog genom landet och gaf det sitl nnnin, ja, forr an nagon 
 INorrnian var till, stod lioga Dovre uied SnOhatlan infor Ska- 
 parens anlete. 
 
 Veslerut stracker sig den gigantiska bergskedjan till Roms- 
 dalshorn , bvars lot vesterhafvet badar. Soderut bildar den 
 under olika nauin (Langljeld, Sognefjeld, Filefjeld, Hardanger- 
 fjeld m. tl.) den ofanlliga fjelll)ygd, som i)a en striicka af elt- 
 biindrafemtio geogradska qvadratmil foretcr allt hvad naturen 
 eger slort, fruktansvardt, skont och fortjiisande. Hiir aiinii, 
 soni pa verldens forsta dagar, star i olVe Teleniarken Fjell- 
 stugan, byggd af osynlig hand, och bvars isvallar och torn en- 
 dast denna hand kan storta; annu, som vid lidens morgon, 
 molas vid niidsoninuirlid |)a iirhergens snotackla tinnar ,.mor- 
 gonrodnad och aftonrodnad till llygtig broderkyss"; iinnu som 
 da dana forsarne, stortande sig ned i djupen , annu atergifva 
 Joklernas (glaciererni s) is-speglar sanima foremal, an tjusande, 
 an fasaviickande, och iinnu i dag sasom da, tinnas alp-riickor 
 
 Lenslrdm's Shwedish Grimmar. 8 
 
114 
 
 ^Idrig af menniskofol besligna, dalar och sliogar „ensliga na- 
 Imceller", dit bloU orneii och niidsommarsolen hlicka ned. 
 Hiir ar del gamla, det evigt unga Norge, har hapiiar betrak- 
 tarens blick, men bans bjerta vidgar sig, ban glOmmer egen 
 smiirta, egen gladje, glummer all litenbet, i det ban med beb'g 
 rysning anar alt „Guds skugga genoinvandrar naturen". 
 
 I bjertat af Norge ligger denna bygd. Ar din sjal trOtt 
 vid veildens buller, eller utnott vid smaaktigbelerna af ett fat- 
 tigt bvardagsbf, ar den qvald af la])pt kammarbift, af bokdamm, 
 sallskapsdamm eller annat damm (det finnes i veiiden sa manga 
 sorter deraf, alia betiickande sjalen med gra stoltkappa) eller 
 ar den sonderslilen af djupa, Iratande lidelser, — da fly, fly 
 till Norges bjerla , ocb der, lyssnande till naturens friska, 
 makliga bjerteslag, ensam med de stora, lysta och dock sa 
 valtahga naturforemalen , skall du inbamta nya krafler, nylt 
 111! Har faller inlet damm. Friska ocb klara sta lifvets lan- 
 kar, som pa deras skapelses dag. Vill du se det stora, ma- 
 jestalliga? Se Gausta bojande sig pa sina kolossala knjin, 
 sextusen fot Ofver jordylan ; se Hurungernas, Fanaraukens, 
 Mugnaljelds vilda jatteskepnader; se Rjukan (den rykande), 
 Vorings- och Vedals-forsarne skummande ocb dundrande storta 
 sig uUOr bergen ned i afgrundernel — Och vill du hvila dig 
 vid det tacka, det Ijufva? Det lefvei midt ibland dessa fruk- 
 tansvarda scener, i fredad ensligbci Siiterhyddan star i den 
 Irauga dalen , flockar af kreatur beta pa skona grasmarker, 
 sateipigan med frisk by, bla ogon ocb Ijusa barflalor valiar 
 dem, under det hon sjunger bygdens enkla, mildl vemodiga 
 melodier, och som en spegel for den tacka bilden, ligger midt 
 i dalen en liten sjo (Kjoern) djup, stilla och af en klar, bla 
 farg, egen for de flesla glaciervatlen. Allt andas en idylbsk frid. 
 
 Men en aning om doden tyckes ren i skapelsens mor- 
 gonslund ha tryckt silt insegel pa denna nejd. De morka 
 fjellmassornas stora skuggor falla ofver dalar der endast mossa 
 vaxer, ofver sjoar bvars stilla vatfen aro fulla af aldrig smal- 
 tande is — sa Koldedalen, Koldesjon med dess doda, gra- 
 gula braddar. Dodstystnad berrskar i denna odemark, afbru- 
 ten blott af lavinernas askor och af det brak som glacierernes 
 rOrelser fororsaka. Ingen fagel ror sin vinge eller bojer silt 
 qvitter i denna sorgliga nejd; endast gokens melodiska suckar 
 ditforas af vinden vid midsommartid. 
 
 Men vill du se lifvet i dess prakt ocb Ijufvasle berrlighet, 
 se da vintcrns och sommarens omfamning i det ganda ^orge, 
 
115 
 
 ga ned till Svalems sliitler, se Aamaadts och Siljords dalar, 
 cUer den paradisisia skOna Veslljorddalcn, genom hvilken Man- 
 clfven flyter stilla och spegelklar, omramnandc i sitt lopp sma 
 ljusgrona Oar, beviixta med blaklockor och valluktande skogs- 
 liljor, se hum siirverclfvarne hiir slingra sig ned fran fjellen 
 mellan Iriidgrupper och bordiga fait, se hiirii bakom de niir- 
 maste bergen med deras lofskogar, resa sig snOfjallen, som 
 vordiga palriarker blickande iied pa yngre slagten; — he- 
 trakta i dessa dalar morgontns och aftonens fargspel pa hoj- 
 derna, i djupen; se ovadrens fiukfansvarda prakt, se legn- 
 bagens stilla herrlighet, der dtn livali'ver sig ofver vattenfallet 
 
 betryckta sjal, sc detla, fornim och andasi 
 
 Fran dessa skOna, niera allmant kiinda scener, draga vi 
 OSS nu till en mera obekant trakt, till den stora dal-slrackning, 
 der Skogshornet hojer sig bland skyarne, der Urunda flyter 
 klar bland klipporna och Djupadals vatlenlall forsa icke 
 mindre strida och stolta lor del de siillaa beuudras af ny- 
 likna framhngars blickar. 
 
 2. 
 
 From the Work: Skizzcr. 
 
 Jag hade myiket tidigt p4 morgonen lemnat Frii A. ty 
 jag langlade ifran hennes arliticiella atmospliere och hiltdigra 
 vanskapsyttringar. Jag kiinde mig andas liitt nar jag i,ter be- 
 fann mig ute pa landsvjigen, der ingen sade mig alt jag var 
 „en sol som uppgaU p4 vanskapens horizonl", der ingen spe- 
 lade rollen af en hiild maka, en om och omliinksam moder, 
 en framat striilVande nienniska, der, med elt ord, ingen fanns 
 som visste — till punkt och j)ricka vissle — alia sina skyl- 
 digheter, och dock forsumniade dem; ty forlaten vare hvar 
 och en, som iirakthllcr det riitta, af ovetenhet derom. Jag 
 akie hela dagen. Vagnens hjul gingo evigt och onpphorligl 
 omkring, just som tidens, men och nu upphorde likhelen med 
 tidens, ty det trottnar aldrig. Ja — ett hjul ledsnade och 
 sade nej, men ea decideiadi, alt aldrig nagot fullstiindigare 
 „nej" legal i en qvinnas blick en gang. Vagnen stadnade. 
 Jag ryste fur att fraga, ty jag langtade olieskrifligt eller natt- 
 qvarteret, emedan det led mot aftonen. Men jag beholde icke 
 fraga. Kuskens nodrop gaf mig tillrackligt tillkiinna, att bar 
 var stor olycka a fiirde. Iljulet var sonder, ohjelpligt sonder. 
 
116 
 
 Rdflslag fOretogos med skjutsbondcTi , och ban visste icke en 
 enda annan iitviig an att ga fram till „HeiTegardL'n" och be 
 atl fa l^iia ett hjiil till niista gaslgifvaregaid, eller till den, 
 der nattqvarteret var hestalldt. Aftonen var ovanligt vacker. 
 Kiisken kunde ej ga fran vagnen, vagnon kunde icke ga ett 
 steg. Anna hade icke vagat ga tio alnar fran mig, betjenten 
 var rest som forebud, skjutsbonden var ej vardt at skicka, 
 ty hvem hade val brytt sig om bans begaran, Hetregarden var 
 belt nara ocli sag mycket vacker och inbjiidande ut; af skjuts- 
 bonden underrattades jag att der bodde en Major, men namnet 
 hade ban alldeles forgatit, eller kanske aldrig hurt. Mitt parti 
 var snart tagef, iitan att gifva mig ro fraga hvad berregarden 
 bette, iitan at kunna fa veta hvad Majoren bette, vandrade jag 
 iitaf, atfoljd af Anna, som forundrades, sa att lion kunde digna 
 ned, kl detta foretag, at alt „Hennes nad ville ga upp till en 
 franimande herregard och af frammande personer bedja att fa 
 lana nagot", lika som om ett annat medel statt mig till budsl 
 Vi kommo snart till tvenne stora jernportar, och genom dessa 
 i en mork skuggrik alle af gamla, jemna, val ansade lindar 
 och askar. „Ack hvad bar ar vackertl" sade Anna, och jag 
 kande en af dessa barndomsfornojelser ofver ett olyckligt af- 
 ventyr, som kan gifva anledning till ett romantiskt dito. Jag 
 kande en liingtan fram till denna „herregard", som jag icke 
 formar beskrifva, och hjertat slog af en viss Ijuf och oroligt 
 behaglig aning, at bar skulle mota mig nagot angenamt, na- 
 got ovanligt. En liten vanlig bund kom oss emot i den por- 
 ten , som fOrde in till garden , och strax derefter horde jag 
 en barnrost saga: „mamma ! hvem iir det som kommer der?" 
 — och en syn, sadan man beskrifver den i idyllen, lag for 
 mina ogon. Stora triid med rika lofkronor omgafvo hela den 
 vackra garden och bortskymde nagot litet det i enkel, men 
 smakfull ocli prydlig stil uppforda landlhuset. Under ett af 
 dessa trad stod ett bord, och vid detta intog en fOrtjusande 
 familj-grupp sin sista maltid pa dagen. Man sag den fina 
 svarta te'kannan med nun nan )ja locket, man sag det guld- 
 gula smoret, de sviillande brodbullarne, det kalla kotlet, kront 
 med siiiigt lagd persilja, man sag pankakor och sylt, och, 
 l)attre an allt detta, man sag en fryntlig, iin och j)r()per landt- 
 junkare, ur hvars oga godt bjerta och rik sjal franilyste, och 
 hvars minsia rorelse just var den man Onskade bos en vard, 
 i bvais bus man amnade anropa bad(^ giistfrihet och bjelp. 
 Hans blolla asyn intog mig. Fyra alskvarda, enkelt men val 
 
117 
 
 ocli siiyggl kliidila barn sprun^^o iipp fran bordct pA samma 
 gang som I'adren. Odi modern, — lion lay redan nied 
 oskrynitad, ororfalskad i^liidje om niin ha!s. Dtt var Fru B. 
 Ocli nar jag ville se pa lienne, for alt riktigl ofverlyga nng 
 om denna lyckliga slump, da ville lion icke sliippa niig, icke 
 se npp, men niir jag sliitligen lick se lienne^^ hlida, milda an- 
 lete, da liangde ell par sa vackra tarar i de lialloppna (igonen, 
 alt jag kiinde Imr iilVen mina hlefvo liilla och vala. 
 
 3. 
 ITlora-hcmmet. 
 
 From: Nya teckningar ur hvardagslifvet, af Fredrika Bremer. 
 
 Medlemmar af en I'amilj horde emellanat skiljas p^ nagon 
 tid. Det verkar en i manga fall helsosam fornyelse, och aler- 
 foreningen ar — niir kiirlek ligger i giiuiden — sa rik, sa 
 rolig, eu ny var. Vi ga ej sa laiigt, som visan, den der siigor: 
 
 „Allt samma och samma var lefnad gor sur, 
 Omvexling forskonar var hela natur! 
 Jag vande jag agde den skonasle mo, 
 Jag leddes alt lefva, om lion giomle do." 
 
 Men , sa der halfviigs — d. v. s. med de Iv^ forsta ra- 
 derna — ga vi anda. 
 
 Under det Maj-lif, som uppstod i Mora-hemmet i den 
 forsta liden efter husiadrens ankomst, blommade alia sinnen; 
 iifven den slutna VaJborg tycktes vackna upp till lilet lif och 
 dekagande; Olof var lycklig i kiinslan af att nu vara sin far 
 narmare an nagonsin, och Brigitfa var belt yr i hulvudet af 
 gladje och dansade om med sin morbror, sin moster, sin ad- 
 junkt och med hvem lion tick lag uti. Endast Siri delade icke 
 den allmanna gladjen, lion tycktes bli skyggare an forr, flyddc 
 den lyckliga familjen, vistades nte i skog och mark — man 
 visste sallan livar — och en slai^s vild melankoli kaslade ol'la 
 sin skngga ofver hennes unga ansigte och gaf elt nattligt tycke 
 at hennes blick. Man sag henne sallan hemma, utoni vid 
 maltiderna, och det kostade pa fru liigeborg, som sag bur 
 ofta prolessorns blickar sokle den unga flickan, eliuru ban icke 
 sade nagot; och de andras formaningar till henne, alt vara 
 mera hemma, verkade ingenling. Tvenne aftnar i veckan fOr- 
 samlades dock vanligen alia inom huset i en ftirliolig krets, 
 och det var de, da fru Ingeborg hade s3, kallad spinnstuga. 
 
118 
 
 Dk samlades alia Iiiisets qvinliga rnefllemmar, hvnr mod sin 
 spinnrock, i den stora salen, der elden var tand pa spisen. 
 Och kring denna eld salte man sig och spann och spann. 
 Och snarl spann man herrarne fram, ty det gick muntert till 
 vid spinnrockarne; der sjOngs visor, beiiittades historier, gafs 
 och gissades gator. Fru Ingeborg hade ett outtOmhgt forrad 
 af sadana, och roade sig med att, sittande ibland spinner- 
 skorna eller vandrande fram och ater i salen, bry deras huf- 
 vuden med alia de under och ting, som hon „sett i konun- 
 gens gard", en galformel som hon ofia nyttjade. Fru Ingeborg 
 var vanligen sjelf myckel glad under dessa aftnar och uppHf- 
 vade alia, och tillat icke gerna nagon att undandraga sig bi- 
 draget „till det allmiinna basta" af en beriittelse, sang eller 
 gata. Siri sjong vanligen nagon liten lustig visa, och utmarkte 
 sig i ofrigt blott vid gatornas gissning, som mycket roade 
 henne. Dessa roade ocksa Olof och paminte honom de ural- 
 di'iga tiderna i norden, da gator och sinnrika sporsmal voro 
 de klokas karaste noje; da alVen gudarne drogo ut fran sina 
 Ijusa boningar, fCr att i sadana amnen tafla med jordkretsens 
 jattar och sjelfva Oden ej gaf sig ro fOrran ban haruti hade 
 matt sig med och besegral den kloka jatten Vafthrudner. Olof 
 sjelf hade nu, i sina reseminnen, dyrbara bidrag att lemna 
 till spinnslugans nojen. Han och lojtnant Lasse voro alltid 
 der narvarande; de forsokte till och med att spinna, men dels 
 gick traden sa ofta af, dels ruskades spinnrockarne dervid sk 
 obarmhertigt, att fruntimmerna undanbado sig detta slags bi- 
 trade af herrarne. 
 
 Sednare pa afton kom vanligen afven professorn. Hans 
 ankomsl bland de sina verkade alllid ett forhojdt hf, ett ste- 
 gradt interesse; ock iifven i „spinnstugan" var det sa, antin- 
 gen ban der blott var askadare och ahorare, eller — hvilket 
 ofta var fallet — sjelf med nagon berattelse gaf sin tribut till 
 „det allmanna basla". 
 
 Fa dagar efter Olofs aterkomst var „spinnstuga" i hem- 
 met, och alia voro fOrsamlade i husets stora sal. Fru Inge- 
 boig hade gifvit konstiga gator, som Olof och Siri gissat i 
 kapp. Valborg hade sjungit en visa. Adjunkten hade harinat 
 obo6 och spruckna trumpeter. Lojtnant Lasse hade fOreslidIt 
 ett angfarlyg som satler sig i rorelse, hvarvid flera spinnrockar 
 rakade i slor fara, och Drigitta hade bcraltat alskilliga anek- 
 dolcr om „Karingen", en |)ersonligliet, sum utriitlar och siiger 
 manga ting i Sverige, sasom till exempel: 
 
119 
 
 „Dcl. vill jng sel" sa' karingen ocli kr»pte korpcn for ntt 
 se om liau lelde i tvaliiindra ar. 
 
 „Tack nil vdr herre, nu lijelper jag mig sjelCI" sa' kii- 
 ringen, se'n lion kom iipp pa sina loller igcn. 
 
 „Ja," sa' kiiiingen, „nagonting pa, ral" var det, ocli var 
 det inte aniiial, sa var del korporal." 
 
 Om into om liade vnrit emellan , sS hade karingen l>ilit 
 hjOrn" m. m. m. m. 
 
 Alia hade gilvit sin skiirf till aftonens underliallniiig, och 
 professorn hade skrallat och af hjertans grand njulit sitt 
 hemlif. Upprymd och varm svarade han, pa de ungas hoiu-r 
 att heriitta u^got, med foljande drag ur Dal-allmogens lit': 
 
 „En fader gick med sina hada dottrar, en vinteraCton, 
 ufver Siljans is. I skymningen togo de miste om sin viig och 
 kommo ut pa en svag is, som brast under deras folter. Den 
 hrast iilVen for deras bemOdandcn att lialla sig fast och att 
 komma upp igen. Blolt en af dotlrarne lyckades alt halla sig 
 uppe vid elt nagot fastare isstycke, och vid hennes axlar taste 
 sig i dodsangest den andra system och hull sig uppe vid henne. 
 
 „Slapp mig, Margrelal" bad denna, „eljest gar jag under 
 Jag orkar knappast halla mig uppe sjelf." 
 
 Men den unga tlickan, i sin dodsangest, sliipple icke, 
 utan hoU sig fast som forut. 
 
 Da hordes den sjiinkande faderns allvarsamma rOst: 
 
 „Hor du icke, Margreta, hvad Anna siiger?" 
 
 Och i Ogonblicket, som (lickan horde de orden, sliippte 
 hon system och liit sig sjunka i djupet med fadern. 
 
 System lyckades att riidda sig; men ofta derefler kom 
 hon till mig, i behof af trost fOr sina samvetsqval; ty hon 
 tillrakiiade sig Margrelas dod. 
 
 „En fader rodde med sin unga son pd Siljan. En 
 storm viixte upp; deras lilla bat blef omkullkastad och slun- 
 gad langt ifran dem. Men elt hrade flot niira dem , och vid 
 detta fastade sig fader och son. Men det kunde icke biira 
 dem bada. Och niir sonen det sag, sade han: „Gud viUsigne 
 dig, min farl Lef for min mor och mina syskonl" Och 
 han lat sig ga till botlen." 
 
 „Under det forskriickliga hungersnods-aret hiir, 1838, 
 kom en dag till mig en Dalkail, Iran en aunan socken, och 
 
 sade till mig: 
 
120 
 
 „Salj mig ett par skeppund lialml" 
 
 Mannen var af dessa stora, lesliga gestalter, som man 
 icke sallan ser liar; dock liade lian tydligen lidit af liungers- 
 noden. Halten med sina breda skyggen hade han dragil djnpt 
 ncd i ansigtet. 
 
 „Jag kan icke sSlja halm at dig," svarade jag pa hans 
 begaran: ,.jag har icke mer an jag behofver fOr mig och de 
 fattiga af mina socknebor." 
 
 „Salj mig ett skeppund blotti" bad karlen. 
 
 „Icke del heller kan jag," svarade jag; „hvad jag nu har 
 qvar maste jag hehalla for mig och mitt folk." 
 
 ,,Ett halft skeppund da I" vidblef Dalkarlen entrSget. 
 
 „Det gor mig ondtl" sade jag; „men icke en gang ett 
 halft skeppund kan jag lemna dig." 
 
 Den stora karlen tog ett steg narmare mig, sade icke ett 
 ord, men skot upp batten ur pannan och sag stinnt pa mig. 
 Han ^lat mig se att — han grdt. 
 
 Asynen af denna smarta kunde jag icke ulharda. „Kom 
 med mig", sade jag; „du skall fa hvad du villi" 
 
 Han foljde mig och fick halmen, som han begarde. 
 
 „0m det vore for m?(/", sade han, „sa skulle jag val icke 
 vara sa bar. Ty om vi menniskor lida och slita ondt, sa ar 
 det icke mer an vara synder forljena och hvad vi bora och 
 kunna bara; men de arma krealuren — hvad hafva de val 
 forskyllat?!" 
 
 4. 
 
 Ur ett tal till miniie af konuiig Oustaf 111. 
 
 By W. G. Bottigei. 
 
 Kort efter Hertig Carls hemkomst fran sin utlSndska fard 
 fOretog kronprinsen i bOrjan af 1771 en dylik, atfoljd af sin 
 yngste broder och sin fordne Guvernor, Riksiadet Grel've 
 Scheffer. De begge Grefvarne af Gotland och Oland hade 
 uppgjort till sin reseplan, att tillbringa vinlren i Gailiens huf- 
 vudslad, sedermera med varen ofversegla till England, njuta 
 sommaren under Italiens blida sol och med hosten hvila ut 
 vid Rhens drufvokullar. Efter att i Danmark hafva besokt 
 anforvandterna till Sophia Magdalena, i Holstein en bror till 
 Adolf Fredrik, i Brunsvig en syster till Lovisa Ulrika, fortsatte 
 de Ofver Nederlanderna vagen till Paris, der de i slutet af 
 
121 
 
 Februari iiitra(r;ul«'. Silt liopj) i afseeiKlc pa (1(3 tillernade po- 
 litiska underliandlingarna med Frnnska kal)ineUet hade Guslaf 
 till en slor del byggt pa Fiankrikcs d^vcraude Premier-Mini- 
 ster, Herligen af Choisene; men till sin ledsnad erholl ban 
 redan i Zvveibriicken lidning on) denna ministers olOrmodade 
 fall, genom en at" de manga hof-intriger, som kring den svage 
 Ludvig XV sj)unno sina qvinliga tiadar. Fiir denna miss- 
 rakning fann ban en ersilttning i den personliga viinskap, 
 hvarmed ban at Franska konnnga-familjen blef omfattad, ocb 
 i den beundiande uppmarksamhet, som bans siillsynta egen- 
 skaper, bans alskvarda umgange, bans intagande snille till- 
 vnnno bonom OlVerallt. Pariserboerna forvaiiades, att bland 
 nordens isar kunnat vaxa en Furste, som i forfinad bildning 
 ej tog, men gaf monster: allt, bvad Paris egde ulmiirkt ocb 
 lysande, taflade om bans ynnest, ocb i en af Franska Akade- 
 miens sessioner, som Gustal" bevislade, upplaste A. Alembert 
 en dialog ur Elyseen, der ban lat Drottning Cbristina ocb 
 Des Cartes utol'va sitt smicker p4 den snillrika Grefven af 
 Gotland. Hvilken sorglig bild af det menskliga lifvets ombyt- 
 ligbet framstaller ej laflan af det da sa lysande liofvet i Ver- 
 sailles! INar, under de dagliga skadespelens glans, alias blickar 
 riktades mot den kongliga loge, som tyckles innesbita lyckans 
 iiogsla fOremdl, — bvilken inbillning var viil da nog mork att 
 ana ett sa tragiskt slut bakom Iramtidens ouppdragna tiickelsel 
 Der satt, onjgifven af det mest skimrande bof i Europa, en 
 aldrig konung, med balfsliickt lif; — at bans sista dagar voro 
 beta qval sparda. Der satt, stialande af ungdoni ocb prakt, 
 det nyss formalda tbronfoljarparet, Ludvig ocb Marie Antoi- 
 nette; — de sago IVamfor sig en tbron , men ej bakom den 
 scbavotterna ocb bilan. Der syntes, vid deras sida, de unga 
 Prinsarna af Provence ocb Artois, i blomman af ett irrande 
 lifs fridlosa utveckling; ocb slulligen, der ses Gustaf, arf- 
 vingen till en krona i norden, beundrad, firad, lycklig, utan 
 aning att nyss bans fader iir i Sverge atliden, ban sjelf i delta 
 ogonblick konung, ocb att, sasom sadan ban en gang skall 
 falla ett blodigt offer for silt folk, aret innan bans van , den 
 sextonde Ludvig, med lika tankesiitl delar ett lika Ode. Adolf 
 Fredrik var dod — ocb pa Seinens strand belsades Gustaf fOr 
 Sverges konung. 
 
122 
 
 5. 
 Ur STonska Folkels llisforia. 
 
 By E. G. Geijer. 
 
 Men konungen lade sjelf hand vid verket; och del ar 
 bans enskilda frikostighet som Upsala Universilet har alt tacka 
 for sitt bestand. Genoni gafvobref af den 31 August! 1625 
 forarade Gustaf Adolf, af de nu i bans hand fOrenade Gusla- 
 vianska arfvegodsen , trebundrade femtio bemman till Upsala 
 Akademi, med fOrklaring, att som dessa bemman voro bans 
 arf och egne, ban forunnade dem at Akademien till dess 
 evardliga, alltid blifvande egendom. Utom sin donation anslog 
 Konungen till Universitetet kronotionden af flera socknar i 
 Westmanland och Helsingland, gaf prsepende-pastoraler atTbeo- 
 logerna, samt ett bondebemman i lonetillukning at bvar och 
 en af de ofiige Professorerna; dessutom tre tusen ivabundrade 
 femtio daler arligen till ett communitet for Studenter, med 
 sarskildt anslag for inkop af inventarier, samt Ion for styres- 
 man och betjening, vidare tva tusen fembundiade daler arli- 
 gen till underbail fOr Stipendiater, och bundrade daler till 
 arbga beloningar at dessa; bvarjemte ban skankte Universitetet 
 sitt eget Boktryckeri, stiftade dess Bibliotbek genom foriiring 
 af sin egen boksamling, forordnade del en arlig inkomst, och 
 lat bygga det (sedermera af Carl XI tillokta) bus, som annu 
 kallas Academia Gustaviana. — Till rikets Gymnasier ar af- 
 ven Gustaf Adolf uppbofsman; ty eburu af alder den inratt- 
 ning fanns, att vid Domkyrkorna visse Lectorer hade under- 
 bail af kyrkotionden, gjorde konungen deraf forst ordentbga 
 liirobus, med flere larare och stOrre inkomster. Det fOrsta 
 Gymnasium i Sverige inraltades i Westeras 1620 (tillOkt 1623 
 och 1627): det andra i Strengnas 1626: det tredje i Liii- 
 koping 1628, och samma ar erholl Finland, som redan 1618 
 fatt ett Gymnasium i Wiborg, annu ett i Abo. 
 
 Sa blef denne store konung midt under kriget stiflare af 
 Sverges Undervisningsverk, och paminner derigenom, att afven 
 bans vapen fordes fOr den menskliga odbngens beliga sak. 
 Derfiire offrade ban pa dess altare hvad andra skulle anvandl 
 pa vapen. Och i hvilken tid? Det finns intet bOgre och ad- 
 lare bopp, an det som Gustaf Adolf nedlagt om Sveriges fram- 
 tid i dessa sina sliftelser. De blefvo ej mindre politiskt an 
 velenskapligt vigtiga. Ty om Sverige frdn denna tid framgent s4 
 ofla sett man ur byddaii sliga genom kunskaper och fortjenst 
 till rikets bOgsta vardigbeter, s& Jir delta ock Gustaf Adolfs vei k. 
 
123 
 
 6. 
 Vr „eii vainlriiig i Rom'*. 
 
 By Bernh. von Beskow, 
 
 Vi togo Viigen iippfor Tarpejiska klippan till Capitoliiim. 
 Man liar nii Forum nied (less fornleninin^ar under sina I'Otter. 
 Fran lornet kan man urskiija de sju kiillarnas belilgenliet. 
 Det panorama, som omger askadaren, iir den rikasle forntids- 
 liiifd, alllid oppen, niistan alltid hestralad af en moinlVi liim- 
 mel. Man skulle der dagligen, under ett dr, kunna tillbringa 
 nagra interessania timmar. Pa nedvagen gar man fOrbi iMarci 
 Aurelii slaty till iiiist, af forgyld hrons, och de segertecken, 
 som egnadcs at Marius, efter bans seger Ofver Cim])rerna ocli 
 Teutonerna, samt stadnar ett Ogonblick framfOr Micliel Aiigelos 
 bus. Det ar en liten envaningsbyggnad, med endast tva fon- 
 ster, nil bebodd af ett fattigt handtvcrkarrolk. 
 
 En smal gata forer till Forum Trajani. Af all dess ford- 
 na prakt bar blott en enda lemning trolsat seklerna; men 
 det jir afven den skOnaste segerkolonn i verlden. Basrelie- 
 ferna, som iilgoras af 2500 figurer, tecknade al" mastareliand, 
 bafva varit en kiilla for Rafaiils ocb Giulio Homanos studier. 
 I kolonnens fot forvarades fordom den gyllne urna, som 
 gOmde Tiajani stoft, ocb pa spetsen hojde sig segrarens ko- 
 lossala bild, af forgyld brons. JNu synes der Aposleln Petriis, 
 iipplord af Sixliis V. 
 
 Da man vill fortsiilla sin vandring, Oppna sig Ivenne vM- 
 gar: den ena till Mons Qvirinalis, som prydes af de kolossala 
 hastarna, pa hvilkas fotslallning liisas namnen Pbidias ocb 
 Praxiteles (ocb bvilka, om de an ej biirrora Iran dessa ma- 
 stare, dock aro Grekiskt arbete af forsta ordningen), samt der- 
 ifran till Diocleliani Termer ocb flera berrliga villor; den 
 andra ofver Tibern, till Adiiani ryktbara grafvard. Vi vidja 
 denna sednare ocb befinna oss snart pa Roms bufvndgata, il 
 Corso, genom sin striickning ocb palalsernas miingd mabdnda 
 den skonaste i Europa. Vi bafva knappt biinnit den balfvjigs 
 (la var uppmiirksambet dnyo lastes af en segerkolonn. Det 
 iir den, som Romerska folket lat uppiesa at Marcus Aurelius, 
 efter bans seger ofver Marcomannerna. Den ar mindre skon 
 an Trajani, men i anseende till fotstallningen bogre. Den bar 
 fordom verldsbeberrskarens bild af foigyld brons, ocb bar nu 
 Aposteln Paiili, upprest af Sixtiis V. Invid denna plats Opp- 
 nar sig en an nan, som prydes af August! Sol- obelisk, bvilken 
 
124 
 
 kcjsyren liit fOra fran Ileliopolis ocli iipi)r()ra pA, Campus Mar- 
 tins samt helga at solen (soli donwn dedit, som orden iiti in- 
 skriften lyda). 
 
 EftiT en vjig af nagra minuter, genom obetydliga gator, 
 befinna vi oss pa en plats, i hvars I'urgriind ett aldiigt tempel 
 langslar vara blickar. Denna byggnad ar lika enkel som ma- 
 jeslatisk. P^ian dess panna, bvilken tvenne artusenden med 
 vordnad forbigalf, alerspeglas annu samma hign, bvarmed den 
 sett triuml'bagar och tlironer, kejsardomen och folkvalden falla 
 och deras spillror spridas som leksaker for barn. Det var 
 fordom alia Gudars boning ocli iir nil alia belgons; det iir 
 nu, som lordom, fromhetens ocb konstens belgedom. Det iir 
 Pantheon. 
 
 Da man intrader i templet, kiinner man, att den Ijus- 
 strom, som flodar ned fian knpolen, varit amnad att bestrala 
 Gudai', icke blott dodliga. Dessa ma bafva varit bvilka som 
 belst; deras anletsdrag bara dock spar af forgangelsen. Nar 
 man uti inbillningcn flyttar sig tillbnka till den tid, da Olym- 
 pens bilder, framtroUade af den Grekiska mejseln, blickade 
 ned fian nicberna i denna sal, bvilka nu fyllas med grafvar 
 och belgonaben, skyndar man dier ut att beundra de yttre 
 lemningarna skonade af tiden. 
 
 7. 
 
 Torparfainiljcrna. 
 
 From: Penningar och Arbete af Onkel Adam. (Dr. We tterbergh.) 
 Det finnes ett drag i svenska nationallynnet, som saltan 
 fOrnekar sig, det Sr allmogens kansla for en viss grad afkom- 
 fort, prydiighet. och snygghet. Det ar endast vid de begge 
 iindpunkterna, hos den rike bonden, som gOr ett olyckligt 
 forsok att haima de biittre standen, och hos stat-torparen 
 eller sadane jord-torpare, som digna under palagor, man mar- 
 ker motsatsen. 
 
 Hos medelklassen af bonderna ater, der hvarken rikedom 
 eller fattigdom biingat dem ur deras nationela stiillning, iir 
 stugan, oaktadt all sin enkelbet, ett monster af natthet och 
 prydiighet. Den hvitmenade spiseln med sin sopade hidl, och 
 som om sommaren klades med fiiska lof'ruskor; det grof'va, 
 men dock rena golfvet; de simpla gardinerna, som hiinga pa 
 f(^nsterkanterna, ocb pryda hyllorna, och som besla af sa kal- 
 
125 
 
 lad „kn5|)pling" ellor „ii|)|)kny(or", det vil! sH^r andan af 
 linrieviil'varne, livars losa liadkiiippor hopknylas till elt slags 
 gallci': allL fondilcr en slrid niellan skuiilKilssinnet och de 
 snia tillgangarnc, i livilken det lorra vinnei-. 
 
 Om man jemCOr sin inre Ixilalcnhet, da man inlriict i 
 ctl i)iaktiiim, (\i^v siden, giild och sammet , der trymacr och 
 kronor Ofverrallt gliinsa, med den man kanncr, da n)aii he- 
 tiaktar del inre at' en svensk hondstnga , der ingen mfilning, 
 intet guld doljer tradet, som skiiradt och tint lyckes vinna 
 genoni sin alder, ty lU't hhr med hvarje ar hvitare; om man 
 da ser nagra hlanka koppaiklirl, nagra lenntallrikar, som skina 
 som speglar, och hiisels m(Ml l)joik-kada sammansalta porslin 
 l)redvid en liel rad Icrfat med artal i bottncn, sla kompagni- 
 vis pa iiyllan, hilar jemlorelsen at den hlla kojan, ocli man 
 beklagar hlott, att man ej kan sla rikligt rak lor atl ej str>ta 
 i takhjelkarne. 
 
 Dit man saledes heist trader, ar i en s5, kallad ryffg-^- 
 stnga i del lalliga Smaland, (\gv, liogt under tak, halVekakorna 
 hiinga pa sina sliinger och der kanljiinda att en kiihng, har- 
 nens van och lekkamrat, kommer en till mote och Uditar pa 
 lianden lor att la nagot, och hjuder sina hornspetsar till strid, 
 niir han linner sig hedragen. Men delta tretliga hem har 
 en(hist sjelf-egaren, som hor jia sin lilla hemmans(h'l, och 
 den trie hackstugusitlaron, som iir konung i sin koja, sa lilen 
 hon iu*. Begge desse ega sig sjeHVe. 
 
 Deremot, sa snarl vi ifilrada |)a lierigaids-gebiten, finna 
 vi storre eller mindi-e afsikelscr Iran den iirsprungliga karak- 
 teren. Det finnes, till all lycka, manga egendomsegare, som 
 gora myckel, om icke allt, for sill folks trefnad; men endasl 
 den omstilndighelen, all lorparens stallning ej iir saker, att 
 han kan nppsiigas, atl hans konlrakt kan hojas, gor atl lian 
 konmier i en annan, i en I'alsk stallning, som den lalliga sjcll- 
 egaren, eller den, som hlolt har lilstidsbesitlning pa en stuga, 
 undviker. Del ar nendigen en fiamlid, som lelas hela denna 
 helolkning; ty for alt ega en framtid fordras sakerhet. Om 
 lorparen saledes sandar loimogenhet, sker delta icke derfore, 
 att lian sjelf, hans barn och harnharn skola (jvarhlilVa pa 
 samma lorl'va, ulan pa del att han md kunna llytla, om be- 
 hofvet sa i)akallar. 
 
 Denna nomad-id6 lyser igenom Ofverallt i hans lefnads- 
 satt och kastar nagonling vardslost och olretligt in i hans 
 koja; han behandlar den, som den vore blolt elt natlqvailer; 
 
126 
 
 ty (let lOnar ej modan, att for iiagra ar blott gOra sig besvar 
 alt putsa den ocli gOra den prydlig. Och dock framlelVer ban 
 hela sin tid i samma stuga; lian blir ej iippsagd, bans kon- 
 trakt bbr ej bojdt, men bkval bar denna osakerbet som ett 
 Daniocles-svard bestlindigt bangt Ofver bans bufvud, ocb in- 
 slinktbkt kanner ban, att ban ej ar saker, faslan ban mycket 
 sallan tanker derpa. 
 
 8 
 From tbe play: Master Sniilh. 
 
 Feiiele Aktcu : I'orsta .Sceiien, 
 
 (Alia Smiths fordna arbetare framkomma i sina smedsdrdgter, 
 
 glada och soilande.) 
 
 Verkgesdlln. Ma, min kara Kolmodin, sa rakas vi igen 
 sS, bar oformodadt. Hvem skuUe ba' trott det, nar olyckan 
 slog ner i Master Jacobs bus, ocb vi spriddes alia omkring, 
 som agnar for vinden. 
 
 Kolmodin (vppntsad i rena lOskragar och en shiskig halt, 
 fdr dfrigt klddd i forskinn och samma afsigkomna svarta frack, 
 som han tillforene hegagnal.) Sa ska det vara i verldeu, ja; 
 skiijas ki ocb ses igen annars blef det for ledsamt i langden. 
 Men se nagonting sa bar erkelretligt, det kunde inte fanken 
 dromma om, nar jag for elt balft ar se'n gick ocb badda lik- 
 sangar pa korgal'n. Nu tyckcr jag Master Jacob, ska* bb sa 
 glad, som JN'apolion, nar ban raka' silt gamla garde, sasom 
 jag sag i glasbalet pa en saiuler kos-kosmotik en gang. 
 Hejsan, smedsgubbarl Har ska' bli' lilla lifvet. 
 
 En Gesdll. Men bvad knafveln gick det at dej Kolmo- 
 din, som gick Jfran yrket ocb blef dodgrafvare en tid? 
 
 Kolmodin. Ab, man ska' alltid lefva busligt bar i vcrl- 
 den, ocb stalla sej sa alt man kan biidda sin cgen sang om 
 det galler ocb derfor blef jag dodgrafvare. Ser ni, Cbrisline 
 bos Kaspersons, bon gick in vid lullverket, ocb sa blef jag 
 litet trakig till lynnet, ocb sa gick jag ocb sma'sop en tid, 
 ocb se'n blef jag dodgrafvare i brist pa arbete. Sa ska' det 
 vara i verlden, del ska' alllid ga rasande for somliga. 
 
 Verkgesdlln. Vi skulle viinta pa brukspatron bar bredvid 
 hcicken, fOr Master Jacob far inte vela af nagonting om att vi 
 a' samlade bar. (Ndgra bondflir.kor ga fOrhi.) 
 
127 
 
 Kolniodin. lia, sm^ lOsornal liiil Elt lite ordi (Drar 
 ett par flickor in framfOr Jidcken, de andra foija nyfiket efter.) 
 Kiinncr ni Napolions ganila ganle? 
 
 Flickorna (forJdgna). ^'cej I 
 
 Kolmodin. Na ^a har har ni hcla balaljon. Jag ii* Ser- 
 jeant for bussarna, jag skulle Oduijukast. Iraga, hvilken af er 
 del var, som nodvandigt ville ha' mej till lastman? 
 
 Flickorna (seringa alia skrattande sin vcig under utrop). 
 Fy vali 1 
 
 Verkgesdlln. Di der va' vist alia slagtingar lill Christine 
 hos Kaspersons. 
 
 Gesdllerna (skratta). 
 
 Kolmodin. h jag kan val skratta jag ocksa, en vacker 
 dag, niir jag akor som hriikssmed till kyrkan, med huslru min 
 i skrindan och snOrmakartofl'sarna utanpa. 
 
 Verkgesdlln. Tyst, gossar, derborta kommer Bruksjialron^ 
 med sin unga frii. 
 
 Kolmodin. Med Mamsell Gertrud? (Spriller af gJddje). 
 Nej dethiir blir sa roligt sa jag star into ul me't. Tyst i le- 
 derna, gubbar. IlOger ratta erl 
 
 Andra Sceiien. 
 
 Bruk spa Iron. Gertrud. De FOrra. 
 
 Brukspaiion. Goddag, goddag, mina viinnerl (Ilel^ar 
 hjcrlligt pa arbetarne). 
 
 Gerirud. Valkmnnal viilkomna I Goddag, kara Kolmodin I 
 (Nickar vdnligt at Kolmodin). 
 
 Kolmodin. Mamsell, — Frii Gertrud I Kanner igen Kol- 
 modin, last ban vaiit en ^a'n lorbannad sudder. Ah Herre 
 Gud, sa roligl. 
 
 Gertrud (klappar honom vdnligt pa axeln). Man glommer 
 inte sa latt sina gamla viinner. 
 
 Kohnodin. Ack, om jag bara tordes be alt fa ta' Mam- 
 sell Gerirud i hand florkar sigj. Ja , . jag ar aldeles ren om 
 klometerna. 
 
 Gertrud frdcker honom leende handenj. 
 
 Kolmodin (hoppar till i glddjej. Lefvc Koiuingenl . . . 
 Nej lefve llennes IVdd, skulle jag saja, fast jag halka i 
 bradskan. 
 
 Brukspatron (till Verkgesdlln). De ha' ju alia lati veta 
 de VJllkur, jag oibjuder dem, och H' nojda dermed? 
 
128 
 
 Alia. Ja be\ars, mycket mer an nOjdal 
 
 Brukspatron. 'Sk val, minn vannerl Er gamla Maslarti, 
 inin svarfar, trifs icko i sitt nuvarande slilla lif, utan gar nu 
 och sorjer af brist pa sysselsattning. .lag liar derfore latit 
 inreda en smedja, sa lik son. mojligl er fordna verkstad; och 
 jag ville ocksa samla omkring bonom bans gamla viinner, 
 bans biisla arbetare. Ar det ingen af er, soin angrar sig och 
 tycker mer om det glada stadslilVet? 
 
 Alia. Nej, nej. 
 
 Kolmodin. K on) mer inte i fraga. 
 
 Brukspatron. Tack, lack, mina vanner 1 Da ska* ni 4ler 
 beisa master Jacob som er gamla busbonde. Ingen bar att 
 befalla ofver er, ntom ban. 
 
 Kolmodin. Ja, Gud gifve hela landet s&'na belallnings- 
 bafvande. 
 
 Brnkspatron. Gor mig da till viljes, ocb slamm upp er 
 gamla smedvisa, nar jag ger er tecken dertill, ocb fragar om 
 arbetet for morgondagen. 
 
 Verkgesdlln. Det ska' ske. 
 
 Brnkspatron. Och ballen er nn gomda i grindstugan bar 
 bredvid. Ni ska' fa fnlU upp med forfriskningar. 
 
 Kolmodin. Lefve brukspatron I Lefve brukspatronessan, 
 ocli lefve hela lilla brukliga familjeni 
 
 Alki (hviftande med mOssorna). Ja lefve v^rt goda berr- 
 skop 1 
 
 Brnkspatron (med Gertrnd nnder arnien). Tack, och far- 
 val nu sa iiinge. (De gd nl fOrhi hdcken till hoger). 
 
 Verkgesdlln. Nu var Kolmodin dum igen. Inle finiis del 
 nagon familj annu, inte. Derrskapet bar ju bara varil gifta 
 i fyra manader. 
 
 Kolmodin. Nana da. Ilvad som inte ii' kan val bli. S& 
 ska' det vara i verlden. Nu ga vi te grindstugan och dricker. 
 men den som inte skoter grinn' det blir jag. (Alia gd ul 
 fdrbi hdcken till venster). 
 
II. Poetry. 
 1. 
 
 Jenifdrelse. 
 
 By P. D. A. Atterbom. 
 
 Hvad blanlier p4 j,Tenen af rosens trad? 
 En dioppe, som tillrar ocli tindrarl 
 Hur ringa ban iirl liur skiilfvande spadi 
 Men en sol i den lilla dock glindrar. 
 
 Hvad blanker p^ grenen af Lifvets trad? 
 En sjiil, som lider och njuterl 
 Hur traijg hon sig kannerl hur arm till och mo.dl 
 Men en Gud hon inom sig dock sluter. 
 
 Si iiro de bada speglar, fOrvisst, 
 Af elt Ijus, som fyller all verlden; 
 Och bada bland tornen, fOrst hksora sist, 
 Tillbringa blicken af fardeu. 
 
 Men droppen, hvad Ar ban? En dagg, en tir, 
 Som vinden fOraklar att spara. 
 At sjalen blott gafs ett lif, som bestdr; 
 En Ijusbild, som hon kan fOrvara. 
 
 Och glanser den klar — hur Ijufligt Sr d4, 
 Att vara en droppe af Lifvet! 
 Ma vindarne komma, m4 vindarne ga: 
 Dig ar det evdrldliga gifvet 
 
 Lenstrftm'g Swedisli Grammar. 
 
130 
 
 2. 
 
 Den lilla Kolargosseo. 
 
 Dy E. Geij er. 
 
 „I skogen vid mi Ian sitter far, 
 
 Mor sitter hemma och spinner. 
 
 Vanta, jag blir val ocksa karl, 
 
 Far en fastemO efter mitl sinnel 
 
 Dct ar sd mOrkt langt, langt bort i skogen. 
 
 Tidigt med solen jag hemifian gick: — 
 Friskt lif, medan solen glimmarl — 
 Till far skall jag bara mat och dryck, 
 Nu komma snart qvallens timmar. 
 Det ar s4 mOrkt langt, Idngt bort i skogeo. 
 
 Jag ar radder p& liten grOn stig, 
 
 Der jag ensam i skogen mand' ganga; 
 
 Men furorna se sd mOrkt pa niig, 
 
 Och bergen kasta skuggor sa langa. 
 
 Det ar s§L morkt langt, langt bort i skogen. 
 
 Tra la la I — Friskt sinne som fogel i flygtl — 
 
 Nu vill jag springa och sjunga — 
 
 Hul Utur berget det svarar sd styggt, 
 
 Och ordena komma sa tunga. 
 
 Det ar s4 morkt langt, langt bort i skogen. 
 
 Ack, vore jag hos min gamle far: 
 Jag bjornen hOr brumma och sjunga. 
 Och bjOrnen ban ar den starkaste karl, 
 Och skonar hvarken gamla eller unga, 
 Det ar sd mOrkt langt, langt bort i skogen. 
 
 Och skuggan den faller s4 tjock, sa tjock, 
 
 Som en fall Ofver ensamma leden. 
 
 Det tassar, det braskar ofver sten och stock 
 
 Och trollena trada pa heden. 
 
 Det ar s^ mOrkt langt, langt bort i skogen. 
 
 Ack, Gud, der ar ett, der ar tval — 1 sitt garn 
 De mig ta — se, bur' granna de svingal 
 De vinkal — Gud trOsta mig, fattiga barnl 
 
131 
 
 liar galler for lifvel att springa. 
 
 Del ar si morkl langt, langt bort i skogen.** 
 
 Och natleii, deu nedstcg, och timman blef si-n, 
 
 Ocli villare och villare Mef leden. 
 
 Del tassar, del rasslar Ofver stock och sten — 
 
 Den HUa springer pa heden. 
 
 Del ar si mOrkt lingt, lingt borl i skogen. 
 
 Med pickande hjerta, med rosblommad kind, 
 Vid milan hos sin far ban faller ner. 
 Valkommen, valkommon, kar sonen mini 
 „Ack, jag bar sett irollen och val merl" 
 Del ar ea mOrkt langt, langt bort i skogen. 
 
 „Min son 1 Jag salt bar si mangel ar 
 
 Och ar med Guds bjelp viil belialleu. 
 
 Den rail kan liisa silt Fader Var, 
 
 Han raddes bvarken fan eller Irollen ; 
 
 Fast del ar mOrkl langt, langt borl i skogen.** 
 
 3. 
 
 I'lyttfaglarne. 
 
 By Stagneliiis. 
 
 Se faglarnes skara! 
 Till frammande land 
 De suckande fara 
 Fran Gaulhiods stiand. 
 Med vjidren de blanda 
 Silt klagande Ijud: 
 „Hvar skola vi landa? 
 Hvarl for oss dill bud ?" 
 t5i ropar den fjadrade skaran till Gud. 
 
 „Vi lemna med oro 
 De skandiska skar." 
 Vi trifdes, vi voro 
 T blommande lindar, 
 Der nSslet vi byggt. 
 
Balsamiska vindar 
 Oss vaggade tryggt. 
 Nil strackes mot okanda ryriider vSr fly^;!. 
 
 Med rosiga hatten 
 Pa lockar af guld 
 Salt midsommarsiiatten, 
 I skogen, sa huld. 
 Ej kunde vi somna, — 
 Sa dejlig hon var — 
 Af vallusl blott domna, 
 Tills moigonen klar 
 Oss viickte pa nytt fran sin brinnande char, 
 
 Ljuft traden da sankte 
 Kring tufvor silt hvalf, 
 Dem perlor bestankte, 
 Der tornrosen skalf. 
 Nil skoflad ar eken, 
 Och rosen bar flytt. 
 Af vindarna leken 
 I storm sig forbytt. 
 Af frostblommor bvita ar majfaltet prydl. 
 
 Hvad gora vi langre 
 I norden ? — Dess pol 
 Blir dagligen trangre, 
 Mer dunkel dess sol. 
 Hvad batar att qvida? 
 Vi lemna en graf. 
 Att fly i del vida, 
 Gud vingar oss gaf. 
 SS vaien oss helsade, brusande haf* 
 
 Sa (aglarna qviida 
 Pa skyndaude fard. 
 Snait mottar de spada 
 En skonare veiid, 
 Der rankorna skalfva 
 I almarnas topp, 
 Der backarne hviilfva 
 Bland myrlen sitt lopp, 
 Och liindarna klinga af njiUiiing och hopp. 
 
133 
 
 Nar grymt sig fOrhytcr 
 Ditt jordiska val, 
 Nar hOstvinden ryler, 
 Gril icke, o sjall 
 Del ler bortom liafven 
 Mot fdgeln en strand , 
 P4 hinsidan grafven 
 Ar afven ett land, 
 Forgyldt al den eviga morguneos brand. 
 
 4. 
 
 Lappeus saug. 
 
 By Franzen. 
 
 Spring min snSlla Uen, 
 Ofver berg ocb i^UI 
 Vid min (Hckas tJilt 
 Fkv du krat'sa se'u. 
 Ymniij mossa der 
 
 'b 
 
 Under drifvan Sr. 
 
 Dagen iir sa kort, 
 Vagen ixr sa lang: 
 Spring du vid min s&ng! 
 Ldt OSS skynda boitl 
 Har iir ingen ro, 
 Har blolt uHvar bo. 
 
 Se, der flOg en Orn: 
 Sail den vingar barl 
 Se, bur molnet farl 
 Salt jag i dess horn, 
 Sag jag re'n kanske, 
 Di}? der borla le. 
 
 'o 
 
 Dul som bjertat bar 
 Fingade i bast: 
 Sa en vild-ren fast 
 Vid en tarn man snar; 
 01 du drar niig mer 
 An en fors dit ner. 
 
134 
 
 Se*n jag Pick dig se, 
 Tuseu tankar jag 
 Har bdd' natt och dags 
 Tusen aro de, 
 Och blott en Snda: 
 Att dig ega iL 
 
 Du m§L gOmma dig 
 Bakom daldens sten, 
 Eller, nied din ren, 
 Fly till skogs fOr mig: 
 Undan, undan skall 
 Bade sten och lall. 
 
 Spring min snalla ren, 
 OtVer berg och fait! 
 Vid min flickas lalt 
 Far du kral'sa se'n. 
 Yninig mossa der 
 Under drifvan ar. 
 
 5. 
 Fursakelse. 
 
 By Vitalis. 
 
 Hvi skulle jag ej mota glad min plSgn? 
 Hon ar en engel, sand till mig Iran Gud. 
 Hvi skulle jag den gode Fadren fraga, 
 HvarfOr han valde henne till sitt bud? 
 
 Som fageln under modrens vingar hvilar,' 
 Intill bans brost jag lutar mig i ro, 
 Och, kommer duden an med lusen pilar, 
 Jag segrar dock, och segren clr min tro. 
 
 Liksom en dulva mild sig bOnen hojer 
 Emot min Faders sljerneliiste bid, 
 Och, nSr min Fader i sitt Ijus hon rOjer 
 Hon bviskar stilla i bans Ora sk: 
 
135 
 
 Ldt offret af min vilja Dig beliaga, 
 Dii, som cljijpet al" mitt hjerta serl 
 Jag Till af Dig min kalk mod kSilek taga, 
 Liksom Du hoiiom ulaf kiirkk ger. 
 
 6. 
 Somiiiurfrdjd. 
 
 By N i c a ii d e r. 
 
 Salens barn, clu skona Summar, 
 Kladd i gyllne skrud och kransar. 
 Glad jag dig till mote dansar, 
 Nar du Oppnar mig din famn. 
 
 Se, hur hela joiden blommar, 
 Hor hur alia biickar sjiinga. 
 F^glarna pi grenar gunga, 
 Qvitiranile ditt Ijufva namo. 
 
 Sorl af bi'n kring blumsterkalkar. 
 Solskin Ofver grona lagen, 
 Stilla lugn |»d I)l4a vagen, 
 ROda smuUron mellan blad. 
 
 Och en lofsal, som oss svalkar 
 I hvars skugga vestanvinden 
 Kysser rosorna frdn kinden, 
 Och Ayr bort med rofvet glad. 
 
 Blomman ar jn mer an knoppeo, 
 Sommaren cir mer an vdreii 
 Med sin blomsterkrans i hdien, 
 Och fullboidan mer an hopp. 
 
 Solen somnar. Ungdomstroppen 
 Samlar sig i aftonstunden 
 Mellan lindarna i lunden; 
 Minen vaknar och gar opp. 
 
 Arm i arm med muntia sinnen; 
 Genom Floras slott och dalar, 
 
136 
 
 Ofver perlbekladda salar 
 
 Taget gar med skSmt och sang. 
 
 Ljufva aningar och niinnen 
 Spricka iit. I ram at' stialar 
 M&nen sknggportratter malar, 
 Som ledsaga skarans gang. 
 
 Bakom silfvermolnet sitter 
 Jcigarn Amor tyst och smilar, 
 Brynar sina rosenpilar, 
 Lagger an och gifver fyr. 
 
 AlU ar frOjd. 1 dagens glitter 
 Ha de skOna hvar sin spogel, 
 Till dess Amor sina segel 
 Bakt mot manens skitVa styr. 
 
 Nu man snafvar otVer tufvor, 
 Plockar lysmask opp kring hatlen 
 Skiljes at och gifver nalten, 
 Somnar in vid vaktelslaff. 
 
 "©• 
 
 Dragen sist af sma sm& dufvor, 
 ROrande med perletommen, 
 Kommer lilla Silfen DrOmmen 
 Med inbillningens behag. 
 
 Vecklar ul fOr sjalens Oga, 
 Sina landskapstaflor grOna, 
 Sina englar underskona — 
 Var vSlkommen, bhda dromi 
 
 Alsklingsbarn af solen hOga, 
 Miste vi dig snart forsaka. 
 Sommarl skynda dig lillbaka, 
 Och din bruUopsskrud ej glOni. 
 
137 
 
 7. 
 Den Ijufva offorddflen. 
 
 By Nicander. 
 
 Det ord, som fOr mig sjelf jag djupast. (ioljer; 
 Jag ensam ser och kiinner och lOrstA,:-. 
 Med eldsdrag ristad i mitt lijerta sl&r 
 Den skrift, som sliijan blolt for verlden doljer, 
 
 Och ingen tdr, som mina kinder skOljer, 
 Alt plina ut dess innelidll fOrmir. 
 Ilvad <ir mot sjalens brand en ensam l&r? 
 Ijlott oija, hvarp& slOrre 14ga foljer. 
 
 Men ackl om Id^jan slackles i mitt brOst, 
 Och se'n i andra hjertan dtervacktes, 
 Jag dog af sorg derOfver att hon slScktes, 
 
 Atl ensam brinna, offras — Sr min IrOst. 
 Jag stolt och glad vill martyrkronan biira, 
 Om Dina ligor endast mig fOriara. 
 
 8. 
 From the tragedy: Runesfardet. 
 
 By Nicander. 
 
 Alrik (sakta). 
 Som Surtur — jal den liknelsen var hl^rlig. 
 
 (hdgt). 
 Mig tyckes, (^& jag ser den slora biblen, 
 S4 stitligt piydd med guld och silfverkedjor, 
 Med kopparhatt, st&lhandskar och ett svSrd, 
 Som vore jag ett barn annu. Jag niinnes, 
 Hur jag en afton till Upsala l.lnde, 
 Alt se en ofTerhOgtid, med min Fader. 
 Jag kom sd in i gullbeprydda templet, 
 Der folkt'ts mangd i dunkel andakt trangdes, 
 Och varseblef langst fram i Ostra hvalfvet 
 Thors gudabild, s& stor och vOrdifjl bildad, 
 Af stjernor och af facklor Ofverstralad. 
 Den bilden trodde in^nga vara Thor, 
 
138 
 
 Den hOgfi Asen sjelf, och follo neder, 
 
 Och dyrkade den stora bilden trogel, 
 
 Ehiiru vi och alia mer invigda 
 
 1 bilden endast se en bild af Thor, 
 
 Som bdller folkets andakl der lillsammans. 
 
 Mig fattade en obegriplig langtan 
 
 Alt sis den sOnder, for alt fa besk&la, 
 
 Hur gudens innandOme var beskaffadt. 
 
 Ty dS jag nSgot ser, som synes konstigt 
 
 FOrfardigadt, som glanser uppH ytan, 
 
 Jag tanker strax: hur ar det innanfOre? 
 
 Och tingens hjerta vill jag alltid skada. 
 
 Just nu rann Ofver mig den sarama tanke; 
 
 Det vore roligt se den gamle Erik 
 
 1 bolten battre, och fOrvisst fOrnimma, 
 
 Om ban sS maktig ar, som det forkunnas. 
 
 Du SkaggegudI drag svardet ut till kamp, 
 
 Ty Alrik vill din gudakrafl fOrsOka: 
 
 (Han slar bilden i stycken. En del af foJket drar 
 sig af fasa undan. Bifallsrop hakifran.) 
 S& baren nu hvar en sitt stycke hadan, 
 Ty jag bar delat Guden ibland eder. 
 En harbg upplacktl att af etl belate 
 1 hast framskapa mSnga, mdnga Gudar, 
 Af hvilka hvar och en ar lika god 
 Ock lika maktig, som den hela var. 
 Tillbedjen flitigt, Svearl Sjungen, Presterl 
 Ty val jag ser, alt viia faders minne 
 Oar dunslat bort i edert dufna sinne. 
 
 9- 
 Frithiof kommer till Kuiig Ring. 
 
 From: Tegner's Frithiofs Saga. 
 
 Kung Ring han salt i hOgbank om julen och drack mjod, 
 bos honom salt bans drotlning, sa bvit och rosenrOd. 
 Som var och hOst dem bUda man sag bredvid hvarann, 
 hon var den friska vaien, den kulna bOst var han. 
 
 Da tradde uli salen en okand gubbe in, 
 
 Iran hulvud och till fOtter han insvepl var i skinn. 
 
139 
 
 Han hade staf i handen och lutad s&gs han p:?., 
 men hOgre an de aridra den gamle var iinda. 
 
 Han satte sig p^ banken langst ned vid salens dOir 
 der ar de armas stiille iinnu, som det var fOrr. 
 De hofman logo smadligt och sago till hvarann. 
 och pekade med fingret pa ludeii bjornskinnsnian. 
 
 D& Ijungar med tva Ogon den liammande sa hvasst, 
 med ena handen grep han en ungersven i hast, 
 belt varligen han vande den hofman iipp och ned, 
 dS tystnade de andre; vi hade gjoil sa med. 
 
 „Hvad ar for larm der nere? Hvem hryter kungens frid? 
 Kom npp till mig, du gamle, och lat oss talas vid. 
 Hvad ar ditt namn? Hvad vill du? Hvar kommer du ilrdn? 
 S4 talte kungen vredgad till guhben, gumd i vran. 
 
 „Helt myc^et spOr du, konung, men jag dig svara vill. 
 Mitt namn ger jag dig icke, det hOr mig ensam lill. 
 I Anger ar j.ig uppfodd, min arfgard heter Brist, 
 hit kom jag il'ran Ulfven, bos bouom lag jag sist. 
 
 Jag red i fordna dagar s4 glad p4 drakens rygg, 
 han bade starka vingar och llOg s& glad och trygg; 
 nu ligger han forlamad och trusen jemte land, 
 sjelf ar jag gammal voiden och biiinner salt vid strand. 
 
 Jag kom alt se din vishel, i landet vida spord, 
 
 da mOtte man med ban mig, fOr ban ar jag ej gjord; 
 
 jag tog en narr fOr brostet och vande bondui kring, 
 
 dock steg ban opp belt oskadd, fOrlat mig det, kung UingI" - 
 
 „Ej ilia, sade kungen, du lagger dina ord; 
 de gamle bor man iira, kom siitt dig vid mitt bord. 
 Lat din fOrkladning falla, lat se dig som du ar, 
 lOrkladd tril's gladjen icke, jag vill ha gladje bar." 
 
 Och nu fr^n gastens hufvud I'Oll luden bjornbud ner, 
 i stallet for den gamle, enbvar en yngling ser. 
 IlVun don luiga pannan, kring skullran bred och lull 
 de Ijusa lockar floto liksom ett svall af gull. 
 
140 
 
 Och praktig stod han fOr dem i sammetsmantel MA, 
 i handsbredt silfverbalte med skogens djur uppa. 
 I drifvet arbel alia den konstnar bragt dem an, 
 och rundt kring bjeltens midja de jagade hvarann. 
 
 Och ringons gyllne smycke kring armcn salt sa rikt, 
 vid sidan hang bans slagsvcird, en stannad Ijungeld likt. 
 Den lugna bjelteblicken kring sal och gaster for, 
 skOn stod han der som Balder, och hOg som Asa-Thur. 
 
 Den hSpna drollnings kinder de skifta farg sd snallt, 
 som rOda norrsken m^Ia de snObetackta fait: 
 som tvenne vattenliljor inunder slormens larm 
 std gungande p& vagen, sA bafdes hennes barm. 
 
 Nu bidste lur i salen och tysl blef Ofverallt, 
 ty nu var loftets timma och in bars Frejers gait. 
 Med kransar omkring bogen, och apple uti inund, 
 och fyra kngn han bojde pa silfverfatels rund. 
 
 Och konung Ring sig reste i sina lockar ^rd, 
 han rOrde galtens panna och gjorde lofte s&: 
 „Jag svSr att Frilhiof vinna, fastan en kSmpe stor-, 
 sk lijelpe Frej och Oden, derhos den starke Thor!" 
 
 Med trotsigt loje reste sig frSmlingen s4 hOg, 
 en biixt af hjeltevrede bans anlet ofverflOg; 
 han slog sid svard i bordet, s4 det i salen klang, 
 och upp fran ekebSnken hvarenda kampe sprang. 
 
 „Och hOr du nu, Herr Konung, mitt lofte afvenval: 
 ung Frilhiof ar min frSnde, jag kanner honom vail. 
 Jag svar att Frithiof skydda, och var det mot en verld; 
 sa hjelpe mig min Noma, derhos mitt goda svard 1" 
 
 Men Kungen log och sade: „Helt dristigt ar ditt tal, 
 dock, orden aro fria i nordisk kungasal. 
 Fyll honom hornet, droltning, med vin som du bar bSst, 
 den framhng, vill jag hoppas, i vinter ar var gastl" 
 
 Och droltningen tog hornet, som framfOr henne stod, 
 af urens panna brutet, en koslehg Ulenod, 
 
141 
 
 p^ l)lanka silfverfotter, med ni^ngen gyllne ring, 
 med forntids bilder sirad och runeskrift omkriiig. 
 
 Med nederslagna Ogon hon rUckte hornet dd, 
 
 men darraiide var handen, och vin hlef spildt derp^. 
 
 Som afioiirodnaiis purpur pd hijorna iblaiid, 
 
 de dunkla dropj)ar brunno pa hennes hvita hand. 
 
 Och glad tog gSi^ten hornet utaf den adla fru; 
 ej tvenne man det tOmde, som manner aro nii; 
 men latt och ulan tvekan, den drottning till l)C'hag, 
 den vjildige det tomde uli ett andedrag. 
 
 Och skalden tog sin harpa, han satt vid kungens herd, 
 och sjOng ett hjertligt qvade om kiirleken i Nord, 
 cm Hngbart och skon Signe, och vid hans djupa rOst 
 de h&rda hjertan smalte i stalbekladda brost. 
 
 Ilan sjOng om Valhalis salar och om Einheriers lOn, 
 om tappre fadeis brngder pa faitet och p4 sjOn. 
 Da grep hvar hand at sviirdet, da flammade hvar blick, 
 och flitigt omkring laget det djupa hornet gick. 
 
 HelL skarpt blef der nil drucket aill i det kungahus, 
 hvar enda kampe tog sig ett arhgt julerus, 
 gick sedan borl att sofva fOrntan harm och sorg; 
 men kouuflg King den gamle sof hos skon Ingeborg 
 
 
 10. 
 
 
 Rings Drapa. 
 
 From: 
 
 T«gner's Fiilliinfs Saga. 
 
 Sitter i hcigen 
 hOgattad holding, 
 
 Nu rider rike 
 Ring ofver Bifrost, 
 
 slagsvard vid sidan, 
 skolden pa arm. 
 Gangaren gode 
 gnaggar derinne, 
 skrapar med guldbor 
 grundmurad graf. 
 
 svigtar tor bordan 
 bagiga bron. 
 Upp springa Valhalis 
 hvairdorrar vida; 
 Asarnas hiinder 
 hanga i hans. 
 
142 
 
 Thor ar ej hemma, 
 Iiarjar i harnad. 
 Valfader vinkar 
 vinbagarn tVam. 
 Ax Qatar Frej kring 
 konungens krona. 
 Frigg binder blaa 
 blomnior deri. 
 
 Brage, bin gamle, 
 griper i guldstrang, 
 stiilare susar 
 sangen an fOrr. 
 Lyssnande hvilar 
 Vanadis bvita 
 barmen mot bordet> 
 brinner och hOr: 
 
 „Hogt sjiinga svardon 
 stcindigt i hjehiiar; 
 brusande boljor 
 blodas alltjemt. 
 Rraften, de gode 
 Gudarnas gal'va, 
 bister som Berserk 
 biter i skold. 
 
 Ord valjer vittra 
 Valfader dk ban 
 sitter bos Saga, 
 SOqiiabacks mO. 
 Sa klungo kungsord, 
 klara som Mimeis 
 boljor, och derbos 
 djupa som de. 
 
 Fridsam foilikar 
 Forsete tvisten, 
 domarn vid Urdas 
 vallande vag. 
 Sa salt k domstca 
 dyrkade drotten, 
 blidkade bander 
 blodhamden bjod. 
 
 Karg var ej kungen, 
 kring sig ban strOdde 
 dvergarnas dagglans, 
 drakarnas badd. 
 GatVan gick glad fran 
 gifmilda handen, 
 liitt fran bans lappar 
 lidandets trOst. 
 
 Dei for var dyre 
 drotten oss kar, som 
 stod med sin skold for 
 fredliga fait: 
 Sansade styrkans 
 skOnaste albild 
 steg som en olfer- 
 aiiga al skyn. 
 
 Valkommen, vise 
 Valhalla -arfvingl 
 Lange lar Norden 
 lofva ditt namn. 
 Brage dig belsar 
 hOfviskt med horndryck, 
 Nornornas fridsbud 
 nerilVau NordI" 
 
Hachette's New Series of Popular German Authors. 
 
 For Elementary and Intermediate Classes, with Introductions, Vocabularies 
 (including Notes and Renderings of Idiomatic Expressions), and Questions 
 arising out of the Text for Oral Practice and Test Purposes. 
 
 General Editor: ALOYS WEISS, Ph.D., M.A. (Tubingen), 
 
 Professor of German Language and Literature, Royal Military Academy, Woolwich, and the 
 
 Royal Indian Engineering College, Cooper's Hill ; President of the London Branch 
 
 of the General German Language Association, etc. 
 
 Price per Volume, Small 8vo, bound in cloth limp, 6d. 
 
 Gerstacker, Herrn Mahlhuber's Reiseabenteuer. With Introduction, 
 Vocabulary (including Notes and Renderings of difficult Phrases, etc.), and 
 Questions, by LUDWIG IIiKSCH, Ph.D. (Bonn), German Master at Alleyti's 
 School, Diihvich, the Batter sea Polytechnic^ etc. 
 
 Hauff, Die Geschichte Almansors. With Introduction, Vocabulary (includ- 
 ing Notes and Renderings of difficult Phrases, etc.), and Questions, by the 
 Genkral Editor. 
 
 Hauff, Die Geschichte von Kalif Storch. With Introduction, Vocabulary 
 (including Notes and Renderings of difficult Phrases, etc.), and Questions, 
 by the General Editor. 
 
 Hauff, Der junge Englander. With Introduction, Vocabulary (including 
 Notes and Renderings of difficult Phrases, etc.), and Questions, by the 
 General Editor. 
 
 Heyse, Paul, Das Waldlachen, from * In der Geisterstunde. ' With Intro- 
 duction, Vocabulary (including Notes and Renderings of difficult Phrases, 
 etc.), and Questions, by Geo. Meslop, M.A. , Headmaster of Sevenoaks School. 
 
 Immermann, Die Wunder im Spessart. Waldmiirchen. With Introduction, 
 Vocabulaiy (including Notes and Renderings of difficult Phrases, etc.), and 
 Questions, by the General Editor. 
 
 Schmid, Die Ostereier. With Vocabulary (including Notes and Renderirgs 
 of difficult Phrases, etc.), and Questions, by the General Editor. 
 
 Seidel, Heinrich, Drei Geschichten : Rothkehlchen, Hunde Geschichten, 
 Eine Sperlings-Geschichte. With Introduction, Vocabulary (including 
 Notes and Renderings of difficult Phrases, etc.), and Questions, by W. 
 Ahrens, M.A., Assistant Master at the County School, Bedford. 
 
 Storm, E., Immensee. With Introduction, Vocabulary (including Notes and 
 Renderings of difficult Phrases, etc.), and Questions, by the Rev. C. N. 
 Nagel, M.A. , Headmaster, St. Marh's School, Windsor. 
 
 Wildenbruch, Vergniigen auf dem Lande. Humoreske. With Introduction, 
 Vocabulary (including Notes and Renderings of difficult Phrases, etc.), and 
 Questions, by the General Editor. 
 
 The Texts in the above Series consist mainly of short attractive works by standard German 
 writers, judiciously selected for the use of Middle Forms. They comprise a pleasing and 
 instructive variety of subjects, thus introducing an unusual number of words and expressions, 
 and offering, consequentlj', an advantage seldom to be obtained by the continuous study of 
 more lengthy works. At the same time, the selections are not mere fragments, but complete 
 episodes, and afford an opportunity of forming a fair estimate of the characteristics of each 
 author's style. They are all of modern date— many quite contemporary — and the numerous 
 colloquialisms in the text will furnish ample material for the teacher to exercise his pupils in 
 practical conversation and elementary translation. 
 
 The Series, though primarily intended for Intermediate pupils, will likewise be found 
 eminently suitable for Elementary classes, since all unfamiliar words, and those offering some 
 difficulty, as well as many idiomatic phrases, have been touched upon and discussed in the 
 Vocabulary. Junior Students, therefore — who have mastered the elements of German Accidence 
 and Syntax — will be quite capable of perusing these tales with pleasure and profit. 
 
 A further feature will be found in the Questions appended. These afford abundant material 
 for Oral Exercises and Recapitulation, as well as excellent tests of the pupils' acquirements. 
 In all cases where the questions are given in German, full answers in the same language should 
 be insisted upon, and the wording of the questions should be embodied in the replies as far as 
 practicable. Teachers can, of course, vary the questions to any extent. 
 
G£RMAN PRIMERS, GRAMMARS, AND 
 EXERCISE BOOKS. 
 
 UlUStrated German Primer. First Steps in German. An easy 
 Introduction to the study of German for Beginners. Entirely new 
 and enlarged Edition with a German- English Vocabulary. lOO pages. 
 Crown 8vo. Cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 The essential elementary nature of this volume has led to the exclusion of all 
 grammatical rules, and of reference to the structure and idiom of the language. 
 But though the little volume has been entitled a Primer, it is intended, though its 
 subject-matter is suitable for the young, to prove useful to those who, though not 
 children in years, may vk^ish to learn the German character as it is printed in the 
 present day. In the case of Beginners, who are of an age when the mind more 
 readily receives instruction through the eye, it is hoped that the accompanying 
 illustrations will produce the wished-for effect of arousing the interest, and aiding 
 in the retention of words. 
 
 Backer, The First German Book. Grammar, Exercises, Con- 
 versation, Reading Lessons, and Translation. With a List of useful 
 Words to be committed to Memory, and a comprehensive German- 
 English and English-German Vocabulary, by the Rev. A. L. Becker, 
 Member of the Philological Society of L(mdon. New edition, printed 
 in the new German Official Spelling. 184 pages. Cloth is. 
 
 ' It is not often that so perfectly satisfactory a first book as this comes in our 
 way. Though it is strictly confined to the essential elements of the language, these 
 are so clearly stated and so admirably arranged that, provided the lessons are, as 
 the author requires, " thoroughly mastered," a good practical knowledge may be 
 acquired. The classification of nouns and verbs is at once theoretically correct 
 and practically easy.' — The AtheneEUtn. 
 
 — One Hundred Supplementary Exercises to the ' First 
 
 German Book,' with German-English and English-German Vocabu- 
 laries. Cloth, IS. 
 
 ' Many teachers have requested me to publish a number of Supplementary Exer- 
 cises to the First German Beok, and this little book, which contains over one 
 thousand sentences on all the chapters of that German Primer, is confidently ex- 
 pected to supply the desideratum. Many useful words have been introduced into 
 these exercises, and the examples on the Adjectives, Numerals, Verbs, and 
 Adverbs will be found very much fuller than those in the First Book.' — Extract 
 from Preface. 
 
 Key to tlie 'First German Book' and the 'Hundred 
 
 Supplementary Exercises.* {For Teachers and Private students 
 only.) Cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 Happ^, Questions and Exercises on German Grammar and 
 
 Idioms ; with Answers to the most important Questions. Compiled 
 for Candidates for the Higher Examinations and for Upper German 
 Classes in Schools, by L. HappA, Assistant Master at Dovtr Colligt 
 150 pages. Demy 8vo. Cloth, 3/. 
 
GERMAN PRIMERS, ETC.~{oontinued.) 
 Hermann Lange's Household German, containing Graduated 
 
 Reading Lessons and Conversations with Grammar and Exercises. 
 A practical Combination of the Observation and Oral Method with 
 a systematic Study of Grammar for training Students to understand, 
 speak, read, and write German. Composed and compiled on an 
 entirely new plan by Hermann Lange, Lecturtr at the Municipal 
 Technical Schtol and the Municipal Central Commercial School^ 
 Manchester^ etc. etc. 
 
 Part I., with Specimens of German Handwriting, and 2 Illustrations. 
 200 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 2j. ^d. net. 
 
 Part II., with Specimens of German Handwriting, and 3 Illustra- 
 tions. 300 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth, is. bd. net. 
 
 ' Excellently designed to train students of German by easy, natural, graduated, 
 and interesting processes to understand, speak, read, and write the language ol 
 every-day life ; to lead them to think in German, and to express their thoughts in 
 the foreign idiom. . . . This is the work of a singularly able and eminently practical 
 teacher, and is bound to be a success.' — Educational News. 
 
 Meissner, Dr. A. L., The Public School German Grammar, 
 
 With Exercises, Composition and Conversation, a List of Irregular 
 Verbs, and two complete Vocabularies, by A. L. Meissner, M.A., 
 Ph.D., D.Litt., Librarian and Professor of Modern Languages in 
 Queen^s College, Belfast, etc. Revised Edition, printed in the new 
 Official Spelling. 434 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth, 3^. dd. 
 
 ' Instead of starting ofiF with the declensions of nouns and adjectives, and the 
 many difficulties which they present, and requiring the pupil to master long lists 
 of exceptions, which is enough to disgust him with the language for ever, Dr. 
 Meissner introduces him at once to the simple tenses of the auxiliary verbs. The 
 extracts for translation and conversation are also arranged on a definite and intelli- 
 gent system. Instead of being mere collections of words strung together with 
 utter disregard of sense, or at the best vulgar and hackneyed anecdotes, these 
 exercises are extracts chosen from modern German authors, with a view to impart- 
 ing some information about Germany and the Germans. The type is clear and 
 legible, a great improvement on the old style of German school book.' — Saturday 
 Review. 
 
 Key to the 'Public School German Grammar.' {For 
 
 Teachers only.) Cloth, 35. 
 
 The Public School German Grammar. Part I. separately. 
 
 Containing Accidence, Exercises, Composition, Conversation, and a 
 
 List of Strong and Irregular Verbs. 196 pages. Crown 8vo. 
 
 Cloth, 2J. 
 
 10 
 
GERMAN COMPOSITION, TRANSLATION, Etc. 
 
 Primer of German Composition. Short Stories, Anecdotes, 
 
 Fables, etc., in Easy English Prose, with Notes, Vocabulary, and a List oi 
 Strong and Irregular Verbs, by A. L. Meissner, M.A>, Ph.D., D.Lit., 
 Professor of Modern Languages in Queen's College^ Belfast^ tic. etc. 
 86 pages. Small 8vo. Cloth, ....... i 
 
 Contains a series of easy and interesting stories and anecdotes which 
 any pupil who has a fair knowledge of the accidence, and some acquaint- 
 ance with the principal rules of the syntax, will be able to translate into 
 German. All the further help he requires is a list of the strong verbs, 
 which he will find in the appendix. The Vocabulary is complete, and in 
 some instances supplies several words suggesting various renderings requiring 
 different constructions. 
 
 German Prose Composition. Part I. Introductory Hints, Rules, 
 
 Examples, etc. ; Introductory Exercises, Principal Sentences, Dependent 
 Clauses, Grammatical Phrases, etc., and footnotes. Part II. Graduated 
 Phrases from Standard English Authors, with notes to facilitate translation, 
 with English- French Vocabulary, by A. L. Meissner, M.A., Ph.D., D.Lit., 
 etc. etc. Crown 8vo. Cloth, . . . . .3 
 
 Key to the German Prose Composition. {For Teachers 
 
 oniy), . , . ... 3 
 
 ' A useful and well-written volume. The introduction contains some very 
 judicious and suggestive pages, and will be read with advantage by many 
 teachers. Dr. Meissner has had extensive experience, and here shows once 
 more how well he knows the English language, and the difficulties of English 
 students of German. A number of " selected graduated passages " for trans- 
 lation are given, to which Dr. Meissner adds some, but not too many hints, 
 further information being supplied by an English-German Vocabulary, which 
 appears to have been compiled with great care.' — Educational Times. 
 
 'The selection of extracts is excellent, and the vocabulary will be found 
 very helpful.' — University Correspondent. 
 
 Graduated German Prose Writing, including Extracts from 
 
 Standard English Authors, Copious Notes, Grammatical Questions, a Cor- 
 respondence Part, and an English-German Vocabularj', by Franz Lange, 
 Ph.D., Late Professor at the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich, etc. etc. 
 200 pages. Post 8vo. Cloth, . . . . . . .3 
 
 ' The book is divided into four parts : (i) Juniors' Part, (2) Intermediate 
 Part, (3) Seniors' Part, and (4) Correspondence Part. The arrangement in 
 the Junior and Intermediate Parts is similar. First comes a series of gram- 
 matical rules both in accidence and syntax, which are to be committed to 
 memory. These are followed by a large number of short but continuous 
 passages for translation into German. The notes at the end of each of these 
 passages are precisely what the young pupil requires. There is also, at the 
 end of each part, a well-selected collection of grammatical questions to be 
 answered in writing. The Seniors' Part contains no special sections in gram- 
 mar, the passages for translation are longer and more difficult, and the notes 
 are fewer in number. The fourth part of the book deals with the writing of 
 letters in German, and is arranged under two separate heads, Familiar and 
 Formal Correspondence. This is a most important part of the Manual, and 
 will be found especially useful to candidates for commercial certificates. This 
 book is equally well adapted for school purposes and for the use of private 
 students, and it is evident throughout that it embodies the results of a large 
 and varied experience in the teaching of German to English students.' — 
 School Guardian. 
 
Hachette's New Series of German Authors. 
 
 (7"A^ Editors Names are placed in parenthesis.) 
 
 Compiled from the best Texts available, and edited for Schools and 
 Candidates preparing for Examinations. 
 
 'The well-known firm of Hachette and Company, who have done so mucli to facilitate the 
 study of French, are by their German publications rivalling the success they had long ago 
 attained in regard to French. Assuredly the acquisition of a modern language is now a very 
 much easier matter than it used to be. When one has followed by easy degrees the various 
 steps from simple sentences to the glory of continuous prose, he is naturally anxious that the 
 reading should entertain him, as well as add to his knowledge. No better books could be 
 devised for such a purpose than some of those issued by Hachette ! '— Freeman's Journal. 
 
 All volumes bound in Cloth unless otherwise indicated. 
 
 A. C. 
 
 s. 
 
 *Benedix, Dr Wespe (Rev. 
 
 Clapin, M.A.) Paper cover . . o 
 
 *Freytag, Die Journalisten. (Dr. J. F. 
 Davis, M.A.) 2 
 
 *Goethe, Faust. (A. J. Ulrich.) Paper 
 cover .1 
 
 *Goethe, Goetz von Berlichingen. (A. J. 
 Ulrich ) Paper cover . . .1 
 
 Goethe, Hermann und Dorothea. (Rev. 
 A. C. Clapin, M.A.) Paper cover . o 
 
 *Goethe, Iphigenie auf Tauris. (Dr. A. 
 Weiss, M.A.) 2 
 
 Goethe, Prosa. Extracts from the 
 ' Iialienische Reise,' ' Aus meinem 
 Leben,' ' Goetz von Berlichingen,' 
 etc. etc. (Dr. Buchheim, F.C.P.) • 2 
 
 "Grimm, Marchen. (First Series.) 22 
 Popular Fairy Tales. (E. I-. Nafiel.) i 
 
 'Grimm, Marchen. (Second Series.) 
 5 Popular Fairy Tales. (N.iftel and 
 Bode.) Paper cover . . . .1 
 
 ''Gutzkow, Zopf und Schwert. (Dr. J. F. 
 Davis, M.A.) 2 
 
 *Hacklander, Dergeheime Agent. (Dr. 
 J. F. Davis, M.A.) . . . .2 
 
 *Hauff, Das Bild des Kaisers. (Dr. 
 J. F. Davis, M.A.) . . . .2 
 
 *Hauff, Marchen: Das Wirtshaus im 
 Spessait. (Dr. J. F. Davis, M.A.) . 2 
 
 *Hauff, Marchen: Die Karawane. (Dr. 
 J. F. Davis, M.A.) . . . .2 
 
 *Klee, Die deutschen Heldensagen : 
 I. Hagen und Hilde. 2. Gucirun. 
 (Dr. J. F. Davis, M.A.) . . .2 
 
 Kotzebue, Dcr eerade Weg der beste. 
 (Rev. A. C. 'Clapin, I\I.A.) Paper 
 cover . . . . . . .0 
 
 Kotzebue, Die deutschen Kleinstadter. 
 (E. L. Naftel.) Paper cover . . o 
 
 *Lessing-, Fables in Prose and Verse. 
 (E. L. J. Naftel.) . . . . i 
 
 d. 
 
 9 
 
 s.d. 
 
 ^ Lessing, Minna von Barnhelm. (Dr. 
 J. F. Davis, M.A.) ... .2 
 
 *Lessing und Gellert, Fabeln und 
 Erziihlungen. (E. L. Naftel.) . . i 
 
 *Niebuhr, Heroen - Geschichten. (A. 
 Voegelin, M.A.) . . . .2 
 
 *Riehl, Kulturgeschichtliche Novellen. 
 (Dr. J. F. Davis, M.A.) . . .2 
 
 *Riehl, Die Ganerben ; Die Gerechtig- 
 keitGottes. (Dr. J. F. Davis, M.A.) 2 
 
 Schiller, Der Geisterseher. (Rev. C. 
 Merk, M.A., Ph.D.) .... 2 
 
 *Schiller, Gustav Adolf in Deutschland, 
 1630-1632. (From ' History of the 
 Thirty Vears War.') (Dr. Bernhardt.) 2 
 
 *Schiller, Jungfrau von Orleans. (A. J. 
 Ulrich.) Paper cover . . . o 
 
 Schiller, Maria Stuart. (E. L. Naftel.) 
 Paper cover o 
 
 ^Schiller, Der Neffe als Onkel. (Dr. L. 
 Hirsch.) . . . . . .1 
 
 -Schiller, Der Neffe als Onkel. (A. J. 
 Ulrich.) Paper cover . . .0 
 
 Schiller, Der Parasit. (Rev. A. C. 
 Clapin, M.A.) Paper cover . . o 
 
 Schiller, Prosa. Extracts from ' Der 
 Geisterseher,' ' Der Abfall der Nieder- 
 lande,' ' Der dreissigjahrige Krieg,' 
 ' Scenen aus Fiesco,' etc. (Dr. Buch- 
 heim, F.C.P.) 2 
 
 *Schiller, Wallenstein's Tod. (A, J. 
 Ulrich.) Paper cover . . .0 
 
 (A.J. Ulrich.) 
 
 *Schi!ler, Wilhelm Tell. 
 Paper cover 
 
 Schiller, Wilhelm Tell. (E. L. Naftel.) 
 Paper cover o 
 
 Wichert, Das eiserne Kreuz. (Delfs.) 
 
 Paper cover . , . . .0 
 
 (G. 
 . 2 
 
 Zschokke, Das Goldmacheidorf. 
 Hein.) 
 
 ^ T/ie Volidiies indicated by Asterisks (*) have German-English I ocabuhuies in addition 
 to the Notes. 
 
Hachette's New Series of Popular French Authors. 
 
 Printed in clear type, and edited for Elementary and Intermediate Classes, 
 with Vocabularies, including Notes and Renderings of Idiomatic Expressions 
 and Phrases. . 
 
 General Editor: A. BARRERE, 
 
 Chevalier de la Legion d'Honneur ; Officier de I'/nstniction Publique ; Professor of French 
 Language and Literature, Royal Military Academy, Woolwich, etc., etc. 
 
 Price per Volume, Small 8vo, bound in cloth limp, 4d. 
 
 FiPSt Series [for Junior Forms). 
 
 Beissier, Les Memoires d'un Moineau. With Introduction, Notes, and 
 Vocabulary by H. Lallemand, B. es L. , B. es Sc, Officier d^ Academic, 
 late Professor of French Language and Literature at University College and 
 Queen^s College, London. 
 
 Segur, Mme. la Ctsse. de, Histoire de la Princesse Rosette (from the 
 Author's well-known Nouveaux Conies de lu'es). With Notes and Vocabu- 
 lary by J. Maurice Rey, B. es L. , late French Lecturer at Keading College. 
 
 Witt, Mme. de, Histoire d'un Chien. Edited with a full French-English 
 Vocabulary by F. MiNOGGlO. 
 
 Second Series {for Middle Forms), 
 
 About, Le Grain de Plomb. {In preparation.) 
 
 Balzac, Le Colonel Chabert. With Vocabulary and Re-translation Sentenceft, 
 by Francis J. Payne, First Class Instrzictor ir, French to the L. C. C. 
 
 Gorsse, H. de, et Jacquin, J., La Jeunesse de Cyrano de Bergerac ; La 
 Bataille de Beaugency ; et le Cabaret des Poetes. With a Vocabulary, 
 and English Sentences based on the Text for re-translation, etc., by the 
 General Editor. 
 
 Gozlan, Polydore Marasquin, Prisonnier des Singes. With Vocabulary 
 and Re-translation Sentences, by the General Editor. 
 
 Hugo, La Esmeralda and Gringoire. With Vocabulary and Re-translation 
 Sentences, by the Gexkral Editor. 
 
 Hugo, Waterloo. With Vocabulary, Re-translaliun Sentences, etc., by the 
 G'^neral Editor. 
 
 Le Sage, Gil Bias chez -es Brigands. With Vocabulary, and English 
 Sentences based on the Text for re-translation, etc., by the General Editor. 
 
 Merimee, Mateo Falcone ; L' Enlevement de la Redoute. {In preparation.) 
 
 Michelet, Selections from * L'Oiseau ' : (Les Rapaces, La Nuit, Migrations, 
 Le Chant). With Vocabulary, Re-translation Sentences, etc. , by A. Tallon, 
 B. es L., French Instructor at the Royal ]\Iilitary Acadetny, Woolwich. 
 
 Mouton, Voyages et Aventures du Capitaine Marius Cougourdan : Le 
 Supplice du Ballon. With Vocabulary, Re-translation Sentences, etc., 
 by the General Editor. 
 
 The Text in the First Series consists mainly of short stories by favourite authors 
 judiciously selected for the use of young pupils and junior forms. The matter is interesting 
 and not too difficult, whilst the numerous colloquialisms comprised therein furnish abundant 
 materia] to exercise the pupils in practical conversation and elementary translation. The full 
 vocabularies appended include simple renderings of useful and idiomatic expressions. 
 
 In the Second Series will be found a choice collection of masterpieces by some of the 
 best modern French writers. The brevity, interest, and variety of the tales will conuncnd them 
 as ideal text-books admirably suited for securing a wide range of current vocabulary and 
 colloquial phraseology. 
 
 The re-translaiion sentences at tlie end (Second Series only), if studied in conjunction with 
 the text, will, it n believed, supply a ready means of mastering many of the subtleties of the 
 language, and of acquiring some taste for those literary finances and dcticatesses of diction 
 which it generally requires a long stay in France to appreciate thoroughly. 
 
French Lessons on the Direct Method — Beginners' Course. 
 
 Containing 300 Nouns in Common Use, 160 Verbal Forms, 100 of the most 
 usual Adjectives, Adverbs, etc, and over 300 Practical Exercises for Oral 
 and Written Work. 
 
 By Marc Ceppi, Senior French Master at King's College School. 122 
 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth. With small reproductions of Holzel's Con- 
 versational Wall Pictures of the Four Seasons for Class Use and Home 
 Preparation. Is. Qd. 
 
 This work, by a practical teacher of many years' experience, is the result of an exhaus- 
 tive study of various applications of the Direct Method in the teaching of French — dis- 
 carding what is impracticable in similar Courses, and utilising only the best and most 
 essential materials for securing a sound rudimentary knowledge of written as well as 
 of spoken French. 
 
 The vocabulary and phrases used are based upon Holzel's well-known Pictures of the 
 Four Seasons. Every word introduced is worth learning and remembering. 
 The grammatical constructions are of the simplest kind, and c;in be spontaneously repro- 
 duced by the pupil. Numerous exercises are set on these constructions in addition to the 
 ordinary conversational questions on the Pictures. The French Verbs are taught in the 
 form of an attractive drill. A few simple idiomatic phrases in French on age, the 
 weather, time, etc., occur, but these are well diluted with a large amount of straight- 
 forward matter calculated to give pupils confidence in their power to reproduce 
 what they have leamt. The usual class orders are also given in French. 
 
 Tlie first five lessuns are devoted to the study of tlie Phonetic Al7)liabet of the Associa- 
 tion Fhonetiqne hitematianaie—Bi Study Of the sounds being deemed by leading 
 authorities to be the best way of acquiring correct pronunciation. The next 
 thirteen Lessons, although likewise in the Phonetic Script, are repeated later in ordinary 
 alphabet, and in the remaining lessons (Nos. 20 to 69) the Phonetic Transcript accom- 
 panies only the fresh words occurring in the text. The book can, therefore, be used 
 equally well by those who, whilst teaching on direct lines, do not know or do not care to 
 use this system of mastering the pronunciation. 
 
 French Lessons on the Direct Method — Junior Course. 
 
 Containing 360 Nouns, 88 Verbal Forms, 124 Adjectives, Adverbs, etc., 
 forming, with the Resume of the Vocabulary used in the ' Beginners' 
 Course,' a total of 1100 essential Words. 
 
 By Marc Ceppi, Senior French Master at King's College School. 136 
 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth, Is. 6d. 
 
 This work may be used either as a continuation of tlie author's ' Beginners' Course,' or 
 as a much-needed sequel to any of the numerous text-books based on Holzel's Pictures of 
 the Four Seasons. For the convenience, however, of teachers and pupils who are un- 
 acquainted with the more elementary course, a resume of the Beginners' Vocabulary is 
 included in this volume, thus making the 'Junior Course' practically an independent 
 class-book. Tlie reading matter is easy and can be readily reproduced by the dullest 
 pupils ; no diflicult constructions occur, and in the vocabulary only words of frequent 
 use are given. The stories, dialogues, etc., have been made attractive without being too 
 childish, and although the subjects show great variety, new words are, as far as possible, 
 explained by means of those previously learnt. The verb-drill as developed in the 
 'Beginners' Course' is continued and amplified, the tenses taught being the Present, 
 Past Indefinite, and Future. The Imperfect and Preterite are purposely left out, boys 
 having, as a rule, f.ir too great an affection for the use of the former as a stock past tense 
 to be used on the slightest provocation. The Guide accompanying the text-matter, page 
 by page, is a novel feature. Pupils preparing home lessons will find in it practically all 
 the aid and information they need. Running ])arallel with the text it can be consulted 
 more readily and efl'ectively than can notes at the end of a volume. The exercises include 
 numerous questions on the text, together with grammar practice written entirely in 
 French. Revision occurs frequently, and constant recapitulation of past lessons forms 
 another feature of the work. 
 
 RI 
 
French Readers in Prose and Verse (New Volumes). 
 
 Premieres Lectures en Prose et en Vers, short, interesting Narra- s. d. 
 tives in easy French^ with Conversational Questions based on the Text, 
 and Vocabulary, by J. Lazare, B. fes L. 130 pages. Cr. 8vo. CI. i o 
 
 'We have here one hundred and three pages of easy, well-printed, interesting 
 extracts suitable for elementary and intermediate classes. A few questions in 
 French are added at the foot of each passage, and there is a vocabulary. We have 
 culled at random the following names from the list of writers : A. Karr, Gaston 
 Paris, Diderot, Lesage, Stendhal, Richepin, Voltaire, Florian, Victor Hugo, and 
 Th^ophile Gautier. It will thus be seen that this little volume furnishes reading 
 matter gathered from both eighteenth and nineteenth century authors, including 
 some who are yet living. This is probably the best kind of reader, for both the 
 classics and the nineteenth century writers have their advantages. We recommend 
 this book for pupil-teachers and scholarship candidates.'— /"rac/zVa/ Teacher, 
 
 Petits Chefs-d'CEuvre contemporains. Six short and attractive Tales 
 in Prose, by E. Arene, J. Claretie, F. Coppee, G. de Maupassant, 
 J. Richepin, and A. Theuriet. Edited, virith Notes, Vocabulary, 
 etc., by Jules Lazare, B. es L. 116 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth . i 6 
 
 * These six short, lively, simple masterpieces of story-telling, by some of the most 
 popular contemporary French writers, have the charm, lightness of touch, vivid- 
 ness of phrase, and colloquial fascination which characterise the works of Jules 
 Claretie, Emmanuel Arene, Guy de Maupassant, Andr6 Theuriet, Jean Richepin, 
 and Francois Coppee. Their selection for scholastic purposes by the thoroughly 
 capable Bachelier es Lettres — Jules Lazare, and their appearance in an authorised 
 edition, enhance their claim to the consideration of Teachers of French. Their 
 brevity, variety, and modernitj', commend them as choice and typical text books, 
 good for securing a wide range of current vocabulary, phrases, and sentences, com- 
 posed according to present-day grammatical form, and every-day colloquial free- 
 dom. ' — Educational News. 
 
 Half-Hours with Modern French Authors, including typical Extracts 
 from Popular Writers of the Day, Standard Pieces of high literary 
 merit, with French-English Vocabularies by Jules Lazare, B. fes L. 
 
 First Part {New and Enlarged Edition"), for Intermediate and Advanced 
 
 Classes. 200 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth . . . . , , 2 O 
 
 Second Part, for Advanced Classes. 200 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth . , 2 C 
 
 Each extract is complete in itself, and of sufficient interest to rivet the atten- 
 tion of the reader. Preference has been given to pieces containing an abundance 
 o^ essential h\xt unfamiliar words and expressions with a view to accustom Candi- 
 dates, Pupils, and others, to various kinds of style, and to increase the range of 
 their vocabulary. The selection includes copyright pieces from E. About, C. Bau- 
 delaire, P. Bourget, V. Cherbuliez, F. Coppee, A. Daudet, Erckmann-Chatrian, 
 O. Feuillet, Victor Hugo, Lamartine, Leconte de Lisle, P. Loti, H. Malot, Guy 
 de Maupassant, A. de Musset, G. Sand, E. Renan, J. Simon, Sully-Prudhomme, 
 H. Taine, A. Theuriet, A. de Vigny, E. Zola, and other eminent authors.^ 
 
 The extracts contained in this Second Part will be found a little more difficult in 
 point of vocabulary and idiom than those in the first volume, as they are intended 
 to meet the exigencies of higher examinations. 
 
 Unseen Passages from Modern French Authors. Standard Pieces 
 providing varied material in every kind of style, for practice in French 
 Reading and Translation at sight. Edited by Jules Lazare, B. is L. 
 In Two Parts. Each Part. Crown 8vo. Cloth. . . . , I 6 
 
 Contains the same pieces as in Half-Hours with Modern French A uthors (see 
 above), but without vocabulary or any other ' Aid.' 
 
Brachet's Public School Elementary 
 French Grammar. 
 
 WITH EXERCISES 
 
 By A. BRACHET, Laureat de rAcademie franraise. 
 
 And adapted for English Schools by the late 
 
 Rev. P. H. E. BRETTE, B.D., & GUSTAVE MASSON, B.A.. 
 
 Oj/iciers d'Acad^mie, etc. 
 
 New and Revised Edition. Complete in 1 vol. Cloth. 
 
 Price 2s. 6d. , or 
 
 Part I. — ACCIDENCE. With Examination Questions and 
 Exercises. Clotli. 214 pages, snuiU 8vo. With a complete 
 Erench-English and English-French Vocabulary. Price Is. 6d. 
 
 Part II.— SYNTAX. With Examination Questions and 
 Exercises, and a complete French-English and English-French 
 Vocabulary. Price Is. 6d, 
 
 KEY TO THE EXERCISES. For Teachers only. Price Is. 6d. 
 
 A SUPPLEMENTARY SERIES OF EXERCISES. 
 
 Vol. I. — ACCIDENCE. With a Supplement to Grammar 
 and a Vocabulary to the Exercises. Cloth. Price Is. 
 
 Vol. II.— SYNTAX. Cloth. Price Is. 
 
 KEY TO THE ACCIDENCE. Price 2s. KEY TO THE SYNTAX. Price 2s. 
 
 OPINIONS OF THE PRESS. 
 
 "A good school-book. The tyj^e is as clear as the &rTa.\isemejit.''—Athena^im. 
 Jan. 6, 1877. 
 
 " We are not astonished to hear that it has met with the most flattering reception." 
 '^School Board Chronicle, March 10, 1877. 
 
 *' We have no hesitation in stating our opinion that no more usefnl or practical In- 
 troduction to tlie French langauge lias been published than this." — Publio Opinion, 
 March 24, 1877. 
 
 •'England is fortunate in the services of a small knot of French Masters like 
 MM. Masson and Brette, who have, alike by their teaching and their school-books, 
 done much for the scientific study of the language and literature of France. After 
 fiuccessfiilly introducing into English form the Public School French Grammar, in 
 which M. Littre's researches are ha]>pily applied byM. Brachet so as to show the 
 relation of modern French to Latin, MM. Brette and Masson here translate and adai>t 
 the Petite or Elementary French Grammar. Tliathasat once proved as popular as 
 the more elaborate treatise." — Edinburgh Daily Review, March 20, 1S77. 
 
 "Of this excellent school series we have before ns the Puhlle School Elementarif 
 French Grammar — (1) Accidence and (2) Syntax. Brachet's Avork is simply beyond 
 comparison with any other of its class; and its scientific character is not sacrificed 
 in the very judicious adaptation which has made it available for English students. — 
 There is no better elementary French Grammar, whether for hoys or for girls." — Ilerejoni 
 Times, April 11, 1SS7. 
 
THE PUbUO SOHCOIi 
 
 FRENCH GRAMMAR 
 
 Giving" the latest Results of Modern Philology, 
 and based upon the "Nouvelle Grammaire Frangaise" of 
 
 AUGUSTE BRACHET, 
 
 Laureat de I'Academie franQaise et de I'Academie des Inscriptions. 
 
 s. d. 
 Part I., Accidence. New Edition, revised, enlarged and adapted 
 for English Schools and Students by the Rev. P. H. E. 
 Brette, B.D., G. Masson, B.A. {Officiers d'Academie), 
 H. C. Levandee., M.A., and E. Janau, with Author's 
 Preface (in English), Preliminary Remarks on the History 
 and Geography of the French Language, a Summary of the 
 changes made in the last edition of the "Dictionnaire de 
 I'Academie," Lists of French Words of Latin Origin but 
 deviating in certain Respects from the usual Mode of 
 Derivation, a Biographical and Geographical List of all 
 Persons and Places mentioned in the Book, and a very 
 copious Index, 450 pages, Crown 8vo. Cloth, . . .36 
 
 Exercises to Part L, illustrating every Rule in the "Accidence" 
 with numerous Questions for Examination Purposes. Com- 
 piled and Edited by Rev. P. H. E. Brette and G Masson. 
 160 pages. Crown 8vo. Cloth, . . . . . .16 
 
 Key to the Exercises of Part L, by E. Janau, Late Assistant 
 French Master, Christ^s Hospital, London, etc. Cloth. {Fo7' 
 Teachers only), ......... 1 6 
 
 Part IL, Syntax. New Edition, revised, enlarged and adapted 
 for English Students by Elphege Janau, Examiner in the 
 University of London, LoAe Assistant Master at Christ's 
 Hospital, London, and A. Ludwig, Officier d'Acad4mie, 
 Professor of Modern Languages and Literature at the 
 Huddersfield Technical College, Examiner in French in 
 Queeii's College, London, etc. 620 pages. Crown 8vo. 
 Cloth, . . . . .46 
 
 PRESS OPINIONS. 
 
 " Part I. of this valuable ^York has now an acknowledged place in the teaching 
 world, and all that was good in the eaxiier work has been well maintained in Part II. 
 The historical connectioiis are of real practical use. We have many grammars, but 
 to the earnest student of the French language we would recommend this as being 
 useful and scholarly." — Education, May 12, 1905. 
 
 " An exhaustive manual on a complicated and difficult subject, yet not so overladen 
 with detail as to make it useless for the purposes of the ordinary student of French. 
 Pi-ominence is given to the fundamentals, and subsidiary points are carefully grouped 
 round these, so as not to obscure the necessary prominence of the general rules. 
 Illusti'ative samples are taken from the best French literature of the last three 
 centuries, and are made to serve as a fairly complete compendium of French idioms. 
 It is indeed impossible to give in detail the numerous merits of this text-l)00k, which 
 deserves and receives our heartiest commendation."— T/ie Ed%i,cational News, May 6, 
 1905. 
 
 
 17? 
 
( 
 
 <3- l' • 
 
 
 I 
 
 P 
 
 .& 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 •^^ 
 *% 
 
 ^.. 
 
 .#* 
 
 r 
 
 ^ 
 
 "if 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 ^ 
 
 * 
 
 '<( 
 
 >^ 
 
 
 «S5 
 
 & 
 
 >^ 
 
I i 
 
 -0 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 Y 
 
 V 
 
 U. C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 
 
 CDSfi3mbM 
 
 ^ 
 
 % 
 
 ^"4 
 
 -•^r: 
 
 ) 
 / 
 
 
 '"■^ 
 
 A. 
 
 » 
 
V